Satanism

9/11: An Occult Ritual? I

By M.K. Styllinski

 “… the picture that emerges is that of 9/11 as an ultra-powerful mind-control and propaganda weapon—a psychological warfare tool of enormous proportions—infused with techno-sorcery and deep-level occult programming. 9/11 was a global MegaRitual

– occult investigative researcher, S.K. Bain


If the reader has problems in accepting the certainty that the official narrative of 9/11 is bogus, then I recommend you don’t read any further as it will either make you chuckle with derisive incredulity or make your head explode. Or both.

You might say everything that has gone before in this blog has been a primer in order to ease the mind into accepting the following scenario as at least, a possibility. None of this stuff is easy to digest and I recommend reading the introduction to this blog and as much as you can of the first few series as you can before tackling the following pages.

It hasn’t escaped my notice that if people find it a challenge to process the idea that elements within government would willingly perpetrate a vast hoax and murder almost 3,000 people, then they are not going to embrace the deeper dimension that it was another example of a Grand Mega-Ritual sacrifice for Saturn.

Out there right?

Padded_roomOur collective padded room (Source: creepypasta.wikia.com)

Well, you know what they say: truth be stranger than fiction.  And the more layers you peel away the stranger it gets until you reach a state of “High strangeness”. That may leave you with the realisation that the inmates took over the asylum we call society, a very long time ago. Welcome to the Real World as they also say…

With that little primer dispensed with, let’s move on.

The focus has been placed on occult Zionism due to it being in my view, the most pervasive and influential arm of the 3EM and thus the cause of the majority of our religious and geopolitical conflicts, which impacts all our lives to a greater or lesser degree. We have also traced the extremism of Zio-Conservative foreign and domestic policy; US Zionist spy networks and the presence of a Zionist 5th column within successive US administrations. The dominance of Jewish persons within media, Hollywood, politics and socio-cultural discourse is also extremely powerful. This does not mean that American-Jews are somehow all in cahoots with the Zionist Establishment but it does mean that the normal Jews and Jewish culture is used and exploited by psychopaths in a way that is intrinsically different to other forms of Establishment dynamics, as explored in previous posts. That being so, it means that the occult aspects of 9/11 must be viewed along side the obvious Zionist manipulations throughout history and which form an overall broader perspective.

With such an enormously strong history of macrocosmic inversion across the history of our Empire builders we see the same “chosen people” rising to the surface and used expertly by Zionist handlers who embody the original sin of the Pharisees and Levite Priesthood. Their mind-set reoccurs again and again, flowing through streams of freemasonic lineage and religio-occult groupings. 9/11 may have been one vast ritual sacrifice sanctioned by the highest echelon Establishment occultists, signalling a crucial phase in the progression of pathocratic rulership.

If we have been reading with an open mind, it will have been obvious that governments’ story of the 9/11 attacks is a conspiracy theory so silly as to insult the intelligence of anyone who is able to think critically. As illustrated in 9/11: The Point of No Return? our reaction to the attacks are as much about how we process reality as the veracity of what did or did not happen on that day. Perhaps it offers the opportunity for a vast mirror of self-reflection regarding what we choose to believe about 9/11 and the very nature of our social systems in which we live and have our being. Our choices regarding 9/11 – assuming we give it any attention at all – will determine where we are on the arc of awakening; whether we choose the official theory or stand up for an independent investigation (however unlikely). But letting your own voice be heard is vital. Whether we choose to remain silent or contribute to resisting lies, it is a descriptor of our worldview and thus offers an insight into the kind of person we are. And therein lies the opportunity.

To explain: What if all the gaping holes in the official story were entirely purposeful, merely acting as a smokescreen for the true nature of the tragedy? When are persistent patterns of “coincidence” transformed into realisations that there are hidden layers at work beneath the facade?

For some, that is not something to contemplate as it implies a whole world of change that is deeply uncomfortable. It is preferable to adhere to the official view (even some of the standard views within the 9/11 Movement) in order to maintain aligned beliefs which permit such a fraud to work in the first place. If that becomes broken what else will have to be addressed deep within ourselves? This is the main obstacle to uncovering the truth behind the 9/11 atrocity – our own self-importance and cherished beliefs.

Unexpected change is very hard for most of us. It took me a very long time to embrace uncertainty and change, whatever the situation. I only managed to do it due to several major shocks to the system which shattered the false part of myself so that there was no way for me to carefully piece them together again. A new self could be grown that was a little closer to the authenticity I hoped to embody. In the same way, 9/11 is one big shock to the collective human system that will ultimately force us all to make a choice: to follow the Official Culture of normalised lies and by default support it, or join together with others – whatever their race or creed – in order to draw a line in the sand which might be verbalised:

“I reject propaganda and lies. This is not the kind of world I want to support and I will peacefully defend the human conscience any way I can.”

twintowers4

© infrakshun

Before we continue to go deeper let’s review the 9/11 basics with a lengthy extract from journalist James Corbett at www.corbettreport.com. With appropriately wry humour he perfectly summarises the preposterous nature of the official story while providing a nice reminder of 9/11 events as a whole:

“On the morning of September 11, 2001, 19 men armed with box-cutters directed by a man on dialysis in a cave fortress halfway around the world using a satellite phone and a laptop directed the most sophisticated penetration of the most heavily-defended airspace in the world, overpowering the passengers and the military combat-trained pilots on 4 commercial aircraft before flying those planes wildly off course for over an hour without being molested by a single fighter interceptor.

These 19 hijackers, devout religious fundamentalists who liked to drink alcohol, snort cocaine, and live with pink-haired strippers, managed to knock down 3 buildings with 2 planes in New York, while in Washington a pilot who couldn’t handle a single engine Cessna was able to fly a 757 in an 8,000 foot descending 270 degree corskscrew turn to come exactly level with the ground, hitting the Pentagon in the budget analyst officewhere DoD staffers were working on the mystery of the 2.3 trillion dollars that Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld had announced “missing” from the Pentagon’s coffers in a press conference the day before, on September 10, 2001.

Luckily, the news anchors knew who did it within minutes, the pundits knew within hours, the Administration knew within the day, and the evidenceliterally fell into the FBI’s lap. But for some reason a bunch of crazy conspiracy theorists demanded an investigation into the greatest attack on American soil in history.

The investigation was delayed, underfunded, set up to fail, a conflict of interest and a cover up from start to finish. It was based on testimony extracted through torture, the records of which were destroyed. It failed to mention the existence of WTC7, Able Danger, Ptech, Sibel Edmonds, OBL and the CIA, and the drills of hijacked aircraft being flown into buildings that were being simulated at the precise same time that those events were actually happening. It was lied to by the Pentagon, the CIA, and the Bush Administration and as for Bush and Cheney…well, no one knows what they told it because they testified in secret, off the record, not under oath and behind closed doors. It didn’t bother to look at who funded the attacks because that question is of “little practical significance“. Still, the 9/11 Commission did brilliantly, answering all of the questions the public had (except most of the victims’ family members’ questions) and pinned blame on all the people responsible (although no one so much as lost their job), determining the attacks were “a failure of imagination” because “I don’t think anyone could envision flying airplanes into buildings” except the Pentagon and FEMA and NORAD and the NRO. The DIA destroyed 2.5 TB of data on Able Danger, but that’s OK because it probably wasn’t important.

The SEC destroyed their records on the investigation into the insider trading before the attacks, but that’s OK because destroying the records of the largest investigation in SEC history is just part of routine record keeping. NIST has classified the data that they used for their model of WTC7′s collapse, but that’s OK because knowing how they made their model of that collapse would “jeopardize public safety“. The FBI has argued that all material related to their investigation of 9/11 should be kept secret from the public, but that’s OK because the FBI probably has nothing to hide. This man never existed, nor is anything he had to say worthy of your attention, and if you say otherwise you are a paranoid conspiracy theorist and deserve to be shunned by all of humanity. […]

Osama Bin Laden lived in a cave fortress in the hills of Afghanistan, but somehow got away. Then he was hiding out in Tora Bora but somehow got away. Then he lived in Abbottabad for years, taunting the most comprehensive intelligence dragnet employing the most sophisticated technology in the history of the world for 10 years, releasing video after video with complete impunity (and getting younger and younger as he did so), before finally being found in a daring SEAL team raid which wasn’t recorded on video, in which he didn’t resist or use his wife as a human shield, and in which these crack special forces operatives panicked and killed this unarmed man, supposedly the best source of intelligence about those dastardly terrorists on the planet. Then they dumped his body in the ocean before telling anyone about it. Then a couple dozen of that team’s members died in a helicopter crash in Afghanistan.

This is the story of 9/11, brought to you by the media which told you the hard truths about JFK and incubator babies and mobile production facilities and the rescue of Jessica Lynch. If you have any questions about this story…you are a batshit, paranoid, tinfoil, dog-abusing baby-hater and will be reviled by everyone. If you love your country and/or freedom, happiness, rainbows, rock and roll, puppy dogs, apple pie and your grandma, you will never ever express doubts about any part of this story to anyone. Ever. [1]

So, what were the effects of this momentous event? Did it change your life in any tangible way?  The fact is, the so-called attack on American soil on September 11th fundamentally altered the way of life for almost everyone on the globe, whether we realise it or not.

In subsequent years we have seen:

  • The elimination of habeas corpus, the Bill of Rights and the Fourth Amendment and the subsequent imposition of draconian laws. Similar clampdowns on the freedom of speech using the pretext of the War on Terror have also been enacted in Europe with humanitarian and civil liberties further eroded.
  • The militarisation of the police and the arrival of the police state and commensurate brutality.
  • The use and justification of torture.
  • The push for global resources under the pretext of humanitarian aid and the use of “coloured revolutions” for regime change. The wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, and invasions of Somalia, Libya, Yemen and Syria with state-sanctioned assassinations and an increase in boarder conflicts are all part of a long term Anglo-American-Israeli doctrine for “perpetual war.”
  • Asymmetric proxy wars fought through private armies or mercenaries
  • The fermenting of a new cold war between Russia and her allies.
  • The rise of the surveillance state and technocracy.
  • An exponential rise in state-sponsored terrorism from Al-Qaeda to ISIL.
  • Mass exodus of refugees fleeing the Western-backed terror groups and more pressure on immigration issues.
  • A rise in anti-Semitism and Islamophobia.
  • A massive increase in high level propaganda via outsourced consultancies, lobbyists, think-tanks and mainstream media.
  • The further domination of transnational corporations in banking, food, oil, agribusiness over government policy.
  • Huge increases in military spending from governments worldwide at the behest of arms manufacturers and banking cartels.
  • The discovery of banking and corporate fraud as a symptom of the mainstreaming of the underworld to “overworld” economy.
  • The highlighting of the core corruption, insider trading and manipulation of the world markets by Wall Street and the global banking cartels as a way of life.
  • A continuous net increase of wealth to the richest on the planet while those in poverty get still poorer. (And this leap in affluence and ownership for the ooooooo.1% of the planet has occurred in particular since the last economic crash of 2008).
  • A serious escalation of the threat of nuclear war by US-NATO as an attempt to globalise conflict into a World War III scenario.

I’m sure you can include many other sub-categories, all of which have been directly and indirectly made possible from the events of 9/11.

13009shroudedbodies

The shrouded bodies of Iraqi civilians killed during fighting between insurgents and American Marines in Haditha, on Nov. 12, 2005.

We have explored the roots of the religio-occult and mythological significance of a possible Saturn-moon worship and its core links to the Establishment of today, most notably its pales reflection in Hassidic sects within Judaism such as Chabad Lubavitch and elite Zionism and even within the hierarchy of the Mossad – perhaps the modern equivalent of the “Saturn’s Children” of old. Clearly, they are not the only players. The fire-Prometheus-Lucifer-Sun cults upon which the Catholic Church is based is a far cry from Christ’s message. Militant Islam and Western intelligence’s fascist outpost of the Muslim Brotherhood are also represented. The structure and icons of all these religions and their off-shoots could show the remnants of a Saturnine past and the consequent cover up of our true spiritual origins.

What binds the 3EM together is occult Babylonian sourced magick – the root source of materialism, “temporal power” and the ceremonial psychopath’s heritage. That is the whole raison d’etre of the minority ruling elite: in order to maintain the illusion of these ancient  “intermediaries” there must always be a suitable incentive for the masses to place their trust in the structures of authority otherwise there will be chaos and violent “anarchy”. Yet, spiritual nourishment and societal order does not come from the rules set down by ancient totalitarian priesthoods and royal bloodlines of oligarchs and banking cartels. True anarchy shows us that hierarchical leaders are not needed though this does not exclude leadership and structure. Yet, this is what they would have us believe – for their own survival. As the character of high chancellor Adam Sutler tell us in the film adaption of Alan Moore’s graphic novel: V for Vendetta:

“I want this country to realize that we stand on the edge of oblivion. I want everyone to remember why they need us!”

And ritual blood sacrifice drawn from the population is the much needed “energy” to maintain their parasitical and vampiric place within the biosphere of humanity and Earth. Thus, their essential nature – much like their ideologies – has to be camouflaged with masks of sanity which inevitably slip much of the time and if we have cultivated the discernment to see it.  Nowhere do we find this more powerfully expressed than in the slow ponerisation of organised religion and materialist science, both two sides of a lost Truth: Religion as an echo of archetypal myths offering an emotional and mystical connection to higher densities of Being and orthodox science as a distant reflection of an ancient techno-science of alchemy. Only by a marriage of both can we begin to remember our past. And remembrance and redemption of a once sacred spiritual science is firmly under lock and key of the Elite.

cloudkey1© infrakshun

Meantime, overt occultism becomes a  commonly accepted part of culture, whether Wiccan or Freemasonry, Jewish Kabbalah or Theosophy, they are the scraps from the global priesthood which serve to keep the mass mind occupied and “in the know.” The psychopath and his worldview is often: “… transformed into an angel of light” (2 Corinthians 11:14) and yet he is the personification and channel for Non-Being and darkness. Deception is only useful if it successfully substitutes art for artifice, lies for truth, hierarchy and spiritual dogma for a living personal connection with Spirit.  And this is where the use of symbols, emblems, amulets, talismans, motifs and modern iconography comes in. These is the medium by which Brotherhood of Saturn/Satan/Serpent telegraph phases of progression within occult theology and practice.

Our culture is saturated in updated versions of ancient symbolism in much the same way as the supra-ancient six-pointed star as endless variations on that geometrical template has shown. After all, remember that part of the reason our paleolithic and neolithic ancestors  carved symbols into rock was so that they could interpret earth changes and the clash of the celestial Titans. They did so because it was both a creative imperative and a warning for future communities. This time the symbolism is displayed through corporatism, pop culture and ritual motifs. It is plastered all over the events of 9/11, perhaps as echoes of those past epochs and as a game of numbers and messages by an elite that is impressed by its own deranged self-importance.

ptraglyphs

© infrakshun

Why is it that the occult psychopath is so enamoured of symbols and alchemical formulas?

It is rather like the tripartite relationship of the key, the lock and the door. Symbols and their numerology were formulated by observing, attuning and communing with Nature where all knowledge lies (“as above, so below”.) Occult magicians are obsessed with deciphering the keys, finding the locks and opening the doors (portals) between different locations of reality where an array of “Gods” resided and that were naturally attuned through our bodies and minds – through our very DNA – during the Golden Age.

Like all things, symbols can be inverted toward a perceived destination and contact that is somewhat different. And if one is interested in observing the ancient power-sharing practice of Saturnine ritual sacrifice you can imagine what kind of invocations are necessary and by extension, the type of demands which needed to be met with whomever they made “contact.” We might also say that “energy follows thought” and the application of primal energy such as sexual desire – a bio-chemical kundalini and the instinct of fear – appear to have a strange power when married to the presence of blood sacrifice, a throw back to the dark magickal rituals which unlocked particular “powers.”

In other words, it may not be simply symbolic but the use of codified information that quite literally allows the correct configuration of keys to access certain demonic archetypes built up over time. Whether or not this is objectively true I’ll leave it up to the reader to decide.  Suffice to say, that this is a simple description of a more complex belief system which will assist us in understanding why 9/11 was a “key” event in occult ritualism and which unlocked much more than we may realise.

portal2

Magical symbolism and sacred geometry represents the belief that certain fundamental laws of the Universe can be unlocked. Perhaps they can…but be careful which door you open….| © infrakshun

So, we might see “sacred geometry” and “words of power” act as codified rotes of information locked into the symbol, rather like the hieroglyphics of old and even modern day algebraic and trigonometric mathematics where one single equation can embody a raft of meanings.  We might even say that much of our quantum technology can bundle information into a smaller and smaller “space” in much the same way as an ancient symbol bundles concepts and laws which then need the right keys to unlock them, though beyond the usual laws of space-time.

What better way to encrypt “alchemical” secrets and Universal laws of access through a series of interlocking shapes which both conceal and reveal to a suitably primed initiate?

Perhaps the Golden and Silver Ages of humanity saw ancient science and technology far in advance to what we have today. The limitation of the five senses is transcended through the medium of symbolic designs and may hark back to a time when humanity used sigils and symbology much more than vocal language. And this does not mean all alchemical and magical symbolism is inherently evil (unless you are a religious evangelist) since benign custodians of the past may have also used the language of symbols to protect spiritual knowledge. 21st Century occultism is merely a degenerate form of an ancient science in this context, with institutionalised rituals offering a custodial role of knowledge transference to benefit only a psychopathic minority.

And of course, symbols of power have built-in safeguards to lead dilettantes away from danger in much the same way as Baconian Ciphers in the Elizabethan era. Icons and geometric-mathematical shapes may act as keys to higher levels of awareness and also believed to transmit or transduce “energies” or frequencies which have been built up over time in the same way that an electrical circuit can be charged and/or earthed by turning on the mains supply. And the quality of that flow depends on our depth of Being – or Non-being. This can be applied symbolically but for occultists, most literally, drawing their beliefs from the remnants of an ancient science which gave rise to a tradition of inscribing stones, floors and landmarks because they were seen as power points on a “circuit board”. Specific cosmograms or glyphs offered a programmed purpose such as locking in ritual “spells” and/or releasing them at certain junctures; unlocking certain energies (geopathic, electromagnetic, Schumann Waves etc.) which were somehow utilised. Could that be true? Is there evidence that suggests such a thing was possible? Well, again that line of research is too much for this post but therein lies a great Secret of the Ages: how stones, symbols, energy, sound and human consciousness may have literally formed a different kind of civillisation at critical junctures.

Orthodox science is catching up with esoteric science in the sense that the latter seeks to set down in writing certain psycho-spiritual treatises for the individual and group to attain liberation from matter i.e. by developing a REAL self, the growth of the soul, as opposed to an amalgamation of conditioning and survival instincts which keep us “asleep”. Science uses largely reductive methods to pick Nature apart in order to understand her and thereby improve our own lot (or the profit margins of the overshadowing sponsor).

For most of science man is a machine and consciousness is a by-product of a neurological Skinner box or the transhumanist avatar. Esoteric science and its knowledge is experiential and intuitive, practical and entirely objective in the correct setting. This can only be proven by applying the knowledge, it seems. Occult brotherhoods predicated on white, black, grey or Satanic magick place ritual invocation as a primary benchmark of control and are thus ultimately inviting the same quality of control back into their lives.

The Grand Magician cannot see past his own self-absorbed choices. 

As occult beliefs play a huge part in the Three Establishment Order and its geo-political aspirations we must entertain the possibility that some form of occult psychological warfare reached its destructive apotheosis on the morning of September 11th 2001 and beyond. There is a certain music of chance which may exist in the events and occurrences in and around 9/11 expressed as a mathematical probability, interwoven with apparent signs and portents which, on their own, are nothing. However, taken together and with much of the information covered in this blog so far, it becomes somewhat more compelling.

occultsymbols1

© infrakshun

In fact, for experts in the occult and politics – nothing happens by chance. Meaning can be seen in the most random events and symbolism ascribed to the seemingly mundane. Granted, if we are mystically-minded one can see almost anything we wish in the ocean of numbers and formulae which make up the “ethers” of our daily lives. Regardless of whether we are atheist, agnostic or religious, occult belief exists in the world in a way that is largely hidden from ordinary people but nevertheless permeates almost every facet of society.

Now, whether occultism is founded on principles which have an ancient scientific basis is irrelevant. Maybe they do, maybe they don’t. What is important is that many of the psychopathic insiders of our world do believe it and use forms of magick as a primary tool in their operations. Accordingly, they affix meaning and power to astrology, cosmology, human psychology, sexuality, death and blood ritual. Symbolism, esoteric cycles and timing is a vital part of that grandiose game. What is beyond doubt is the power of the human mind to affect potent changes imbued by the strength of belief. Only when we discard the evidence of the occult and seek to trivialise its influence as a parlour game with silly costumes and lighted candles (though this exists as well) do we become prey to the same comfortable fantasies and illusions that prove so useful for those who corral and control.

What emerges in the 21st Century is the cool, calculating logic of machine-consciousness and mapped to the esoteric science of ancient wisdom. We are talking about people who have an entirely different take on reality to our own. So much so, that they effectively exist as a breakaway civilisation living apart in both a material and perceptual sense.

What if it were indeed true that the suppression of technology and ancient knowledge had been taking place for centuries? Do you think that such a possibility is rational or is it just a product of our overactive imaginations?

Judging from the way history has clearly shown us that the long-term hoarding and suppression of knowledge not only took place but is actively occurring today, it is a strong probability that the elite manifestation of wealth consolidation is a descriptor pointing to something much deeper. Namely, an esoteric knowledge linked to Earth Changes and celestial catastrophism and the pathological hubris that they can lie safely in their bunkers and ride out the storm. From the ashes they hope to rise phoenix-like from the ashes they have helped to create. Hence the importance of 9/11 as ritual ignition which aligns with the caricatures of religious fundamentalist eschatology and the promise of a New World.

If a collection of psychopathic cabals have technology and power to make fantasy and illusion appear real, at least for a while, and to wreak the destruction that they have, we could also posit the idea that there is the kind of knowledge and technology which would appear as “magical” to us as a computer would have done to Medieval man. In this context, the occult symbolism may align to such a destructive technology /weaponry which blurs the boundary between mind and matter. In the hands of psychopaths we have seen the very gates of hell opened.

And we may wonder indeed what we have allowed in.

Exactly who these people are is immaterial as we will only ever see the barest trace of their footprints by the light the moon, and their Saturnine calling card is played out through Kabbalistic numerology and sacred geometry.

And what fun they have with the masses!

100_3301

© infrakshun

This, unfortunately is the literal gateway to host of other numerical matches, symbols and metaphors that pile up one after the other until finally, there is a coherent framework of occult meaning. Yet we cannot see the significance because most of us have not been educated to understand symbolism both in terms of the occult and in terms of the more simple motifs which arise from the landscape of our inner life in general. Therefore, as part of our cultural paradigm of Cartesian/Darwinian materialism we are educated to believe that such things cannot possibly play a part in our lives.

When a practical, community-centered living and healthy connection to nature and art was replaced by the “Age of Reason” and the onset of an extreme scientific rationalism, it helped to banish harmful superstitions but to also sever the connection to Universal Creativity and myth. This change in human focus eventually led to a pathological emphasis on materialism as the source of meaning. Over time we have been shaped into a techno-narcissistic culture bereft of the significance of ancient wisdom based on service; the oral tradition and relevance of dreams; the lost knowledge of social and community relationships which without using rose-coloured spectacles, nonetheless provided emotional nourishment and spiritual pragmatism. Carefully managed belief systems by perception management teams since the early part of the 20th Century have determined what we consider worthy for our attention without our even knowing that these thought streams our not our own. Cultural osmosis does the rest.

Whereas Freud embraced the nihilistic dead-end of psychoanalysis and its obsession with death and sex, Swiss psychologist Car Jung based much of his life’s work on the importance of the soul and a re-enchantment of the concept of Self, which he believed worked through the unconscious and a rich dream symbology. The loss of awareness concerning cultural motifs, archetypes and metaphor has left us at the mercy of those who have retained such knowledge having inverted it towards their own twisted visions. The occultists – black and white – had already been accessing these archetypes, elemental motifs and Gods and Goddesses in order to “create reality” according to their wishes for a very long time. Jung’s genius was to formalise some of the mechanisms and processes whilst offering some academic credence along the way.

Occult historian and symbologist Michael Tsarion suggests that we are suffering from “a chronic symbol illiteracy” largely drawn from the use of subliminal persuasion in media and advertising which he terms: “a psychic dictatorship.” He explains how our present culture uses: “… the deliberate and subversive manipulation and public purveyance of words, images, numbers, colors, rhythms, and symbols which are subsequently directed, via ubiquitous media oracles, toward the limbic areas of the human brain.” Tsarion believes that this is in part the cause of many physical and psychological disorders, especially in the young, bombarded as they are by: “elaborate and insidious cryptic language specifically designed to stimulate conflict between fantasy and reality” which over time, eventually undermines healthy drives and normal functioning of the human unit. As we have witnessed, the young are primary targets of exploitation at virtually every level of human endeavour. Hardly surprising then that we have all been led down a singular path toward a very bleak future.

He further explains:

The young are, by definition, closer to the creative force than the average adult. They are also more influenced by the limbic brain and, therefore, respond with greater zeal to the erotic and even perverse symbolic messages which have become increasingly pervasive in their life- and think-space. The invasive, clandestinely directed, content has been adroitly designed to bypass their moral conscience and rational filters. The results of this psychic dictatorship are devastating. […]

Subliminal messages permeate television programs, computer games, magazines, billboards, products, and musical productions. They are, however, not limited to the ambience of the young. They are just one of the weapons in the arsenal of psychopathic corporations whose entire modus operandi concerns profit and dehumanization. All that is truly aesthetic, traditional, cultural or substantial merely stands in the way of their monopolistic stratagems, their aggressive, relentless efforts at reducing the entire human race to a body of narcissistic, sense-infatuated, desensitized, amoral, immoral or actively criminal ‘smiling depressives.’” [2]

The author makes a point of describing the coordinators and designers of certain mass-appeal programmes such as MTV, Big Brother, X-Factor and others as the product of “technological witchdoctors and cyber-space sorcerers” using a variety of techniques: “… such as Tele-hypnosis, Metacontrast, Hemisync, Synaesthenia, and Embedding … with the same deadly effect as any past voodoo, sorcery, or telepathy.” [3]

Let’s also remember the pernicious infection of Nazi ideology that has seeped into ritual symbolism and mind control and contributed to the entrainment of a whole population. The same principles have been in operation, most aggressively, since after the Second World War. It was not that the Anglo-American-Israeli Elite were new to such occult inversions but that they actively encouraged the Germanic revival, precisely because they were historically its designated carriers, and cognizant of the power of symbols.

Nazi rally in the Cathedral of Light c. 1937

Nazi rally in the Cathedral of Light, c. 1937: “.I’m beginning to comprehend some of the reasons for Hitler’s success. He is restoring pageantry and color and mysticism to the drab lives of 20th century Germans.” – William L. Shirer| Source: Rare Historical Photos at: www.rarehistoricalphotos.com

Tribute_in_Light_September_11_2011_Shankbone

The Tribute in Light on the 10th anniversary of the destruction of the World Trade Center. This commemoration may have occult significance for a minority who saw September 11th as a sacrificial ritual marking and the next phase in the “restoration” of a World State. (The lights also reinforce the numerology of 11, the symbolism of which we will explore later). photo: David Shankbone (cropped) (wikipedia) 


When advertisers, marketers and public relations are under the guiding hand of this oligarchical patronage then it is easy to understand why numbers and symbols play such an important role in societal programming. It is for this reason that signs and symbols which have become part of the collective unconscious and cultural fabric of everyday life can be flipped on their head and manipulated to produce a particular response.

As we have seen, the ubiquitous presence of freemasonic / Illuminist lore is founded on the magickal formulas of the Kabbalah which in turn, is drawn from the influence of Babylonian Talmudism from over two thousand years ago. It has since permeated both Jewish and Catholic traditions,  the entertainment culture forming the basis of occult magick across all Establishment lines. It is the esoteric language of the Elite which author Philip D. Collins believes can be deciphered, provided we have a basic awareness of the language of signs, otherwise known as “semiotics”.

The study of esoteric signs falls into three categories which Collins outlines as:

Iconic: These signs normally resemble something else. They are approximations, facsimiles. Examples: statues, pictures.

Indexical: Like the index in the back of a book, these signs refer the percipient to something else. They are used to establish causal or physical relationships. Examples: Smoke is commonly an indexical sign for fire. A shadow is normally an indexical sign for a physical body in front of some light source.

Symbols: These signs express some convention and hold a shared meaning for those interpolated into the culture. These signs must be learned. Examples: Words, numbers, flags.

Complementing this is also “Intertextual reference” which denotes the creative “… correlation between more than one text, thus augmenting a sign’s meaning.” [4]

Collins provides examples of many narratives within media and entertainment which: “‘… embody the paradigmatic character of the situation and images surrounding 9-11” where such “… synchronicities were consciously engineered by the entertainment industrial complex.” Intrinsic to certain films’ blatant and subtle imaging such as the ‘America under attack’ meme in Pearl Harbour (2001); Independence Day (2001); along with the more esoteric examples such as 2001 A Space Odyssey (1969). Most of the literature and later films of H.G. Wells are all also examples of “paradigmatic templates” which were then promulgated vigorously by Establishment media organs in order to be “… instrumental in creating a cultural milieu that would be hospitable to future media manipulations.” And perhaps most importantly: “By the time of the WTC attacks, the collective subconscious of America was fertile with memes (contagious ideas) planted by [such films].” [5]

In the same vain, Collins includes an example of intertextual referencing care of Zbigniew Brzezinski’s seminal book: The Grand Chessboard where the statesman delineated the geo-strategy by which America would attain global primacy and eventual one world government. He states: “… as America becomes an increasingly multi-cultural society, it may find it more difficult to fashion a consensus on foreign policy issues, exception the circumstance of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat.” [6]

In other words, he is saying “listen guys: the next phase is approaching for manufacturing that next “threat”.  Here’s how….

911-wtc7-fema-august-1997-emergency-response-to-terrorism-self-study-manual-tile

US Department of Justice 1997 Emergency Response to Terrorism self study manual (1997)

illuminati-card-game-twin-towers-pentagon

“Illuminati” is a stand alone card game made by Steve Jackson Games (SJG) in 1995 and inspired by the 1975 book, The Illuminatus! Trilogy, by Robert Anton Wilson and Robert Shea. (wikipedia)

We have looked at the idea of Hollywood engineering in ‘Official Culture: “Lights, Camera, Reaction!” From a variety of cultural sources ranging from films, literature and US Department training manuals there are many examples of what amounts to intentional “psychic entraining” “Predictive programming” or on occasion, perhaps the innocent intuition of future events, which is much more common than we may think.

Filmed in January 2000 and aired on US TV networks in April 3 2001, an episode of The Lone Gunman [7]  – a spin off from the X-files series – told of a plot to hijack planes and crash them into the World Trade Centre.

Here’s a short extract from the transcript: 

What is Scenario 1 2D? We know it’s a war-game scenario that it has to do with airline counterterrorism…. Why is it important enough to kill for?

Because it’s no longer a game.

But if some terrorist group wants to act out this scenario why target you for assassination?

Depends on who your terrorists are.

The men who conceived of it in the first place….. You’re saying our government plans to commit a terrorist act against a domestic airline —

There you go, indicting the entire government as usual. It’s a faction, a small faction.

For what possible gain?

The cold war’s over John but with no clear enemy to stockpile against, the arms market’s flat. But bring down a fully loaded 727 into the middle of New York City and you’ll find a dozen tin-pot dictators all over the world just clamoring to take responsibility and begging to be smart-bombed.

I can’t believe it.

This is about increasing arms sales.

An astonishingly accurate appraisal of the situation, I think you’ll agree. If the writers of the series dealing with conspiracy plot-lines can predict such a thing, one might ask why the US military-intelligence did not? (Perhaps because they were already involved in making it a reality?)  You can see James Corbett’s analysis of the actors and writers involved and how they handled such a highly accurate rendering of what took place just four and half months later.

Innocent coincidence? Psychic “bleed-through”? Or just another one of those occasions where an insider has a little game with the public?

diehard1

“Diehard” (1988)

Two years before heralded the Die Hard film franchise which involved a very successful blend of high suspense, evil European terrorists and a very tall building. It was another case of intertextual and symbolic entrainment. There are also literal references to September 11th in the script itself all packaged up with flying, terrorists, towers and 9/11. It has been one of the most popular series of films ever made firmly implanting the idea of terrorists as independent external threats to government and law and order. The terrorist meme has been replayed in countless, films and T.V. shows ever since. There are many more examples too numerous to mention with the shadow of Pentagon help looming large in the background.

The key protagonist and inspiration for this occult-propaganda onslaught was provided by the occultist and British intelligence operative Aleister Crowley (1875-1947) who famously appointed himself as the “Great Beast.” Crowley’s views meshed neatly with much of early Illuminism which rode the resurgence in occult practice in the 19th and twentieth centuries: depopulation, elitism, sex magick, ritual invocation, all tied up with the same Weishauptian principles of Revolution. The masses were viewed by Crowley in much same way as any other members of the puppet Elite from Kissinger to Rockefeller, Prince Philip to Brzezinski. He stated: “We should have no compunction in utilising the natural qualities of the bulk of mankind. We do not insist in trying to train sheep to hunt foxes or lecture on history; we look after their physical well-being and enjoy their wool and mutton. In this way, we shall have a contented class of slaves who accept the conditions of their existence as they really are and enjoy life with the quiet wisdom of the cattle.” [8]

aleister_crowley1

Aleister Crowley in 1912 and the doyen of Anglo-American occult

Once you have researched every aspect and nuance of the September 11th attacks for many years the feeling one derives from the theories, evidence, science (and endless noise) is that all of it is somehow designed to be suspicious. It is meant to be confusing, silly and almost satirical in its cruelty; placing clues and smokescreens to distract and misinform. Much of the official story is so obviously hackneyed in its planning where non-sequiturs and logical fallacies abound that the researcher is led to a mix of truth and lies in equal measure. It is a masterly exercise in the tradition of an occult trickster, worthy of Hermes himself and implies a keen understanding of crowd psychology and the internet society.

Historian Michael A. Hoffman II characterises the depth of the game to which we are, to a greater or lesser degree all unconscious participants in his book Secret Societies and Psychological Warfare (1989) which, although written well before September 11th confirms: “… a physical, technological tyranny as well as a tyranny of the mind,” where: “The issue of controlling humanity with esoteric words and symbols encoded within a play, a media spectacular or a ritual is one of the most difficult for people to comprehend … Even as [we] dance… to the tune of the elite managers of human behavior, [we] scoff… with great derision at the idea of the existence and operation of a technology of mass mind control emanating from the media and government.” [9]

Hoffman is convinced that the power of ritual murder has enormous psychological repercussions upon a clueless populace, wholly unaware that technology is now enmeshed with ritualistic programming via music, media, advertising and false-flag military operations equalling a physical and psychic attack on a mass scale. He asserts that these “mega-rituals” are: “… not solely bound to the achievement of the immediate effects of the attack on the victim, but may in fact be a part of a larger, symbolic ritual magnified by the power of the electronic media, for the purpose of the alchemical processing of the subconscious Group Mind of the masses.” Hoffman tells us that “it is the subconscious that is being addressed in occult ritual, in a process CIA behavioural scientist Dr. Ewan Cameron termed, ‘psychic driving.’” [10]

It is this process that by-passes critical thinking, making discussion on subjects such as the 9/11 attacks almost impossible in Official Culture. It is clear that “The Black Arts adepts” and their involvement in the orchestration of 9/11 along occult lines are not mad in the sense of mindless lunacy. They are in fact responsible for a: “a brilliantly orchestrated ritual whose ceremonial aspects were as precise and detailed as the internal workings of a clock.” [11]

We would do well to be cognizant of this possibility and never underestimate the ritualistic nature of mass mind controls.

 


Notes

[1] ‘A 9/11 Conspiracy Theory’ By James Corbett (video) http://www.corbettreport.com/911-a-conspiracy-theory/
[2] ‘Symbolic Literacy’ by Michael Tsarion 2008 |www.taroscopes.com
[3] Ibid.
[4] ‘The Semiotic Deception of September 11th’ by Phillip D. Collins, December 31st, 2004. http://www.conspiracyarchive.com/
[5] Ibid.
[6] Ibid.
[7] The Lone Gunman (2001) ‘Did you Know?’ | http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0243069/trivia
[8]
pp. 199-200; The Law is For All: The Authorized Popular Commentary on Liber Al Vel Legis Sub Figura CCXX, The Book of Law. Phoenix Ariz. 1996; Quoted in ‘False flag Terror – the Occult Connection’ by William Ramsey from his book Prophet of Evil: Aleister Crowley, 9/11 and the New World Order.
[9] A. Hoffman II, Michael ; Secret Societies and Psychological Warfare 1989. July 2001.
[10] Ibid
[11] Ibid.

Save

Save

Technocracy XVIII: Occult Transhumanism (2)

 extant-foetus

“H+”  is the Transhumanism symbol |© infrakshun


There are many writers and historians that claim the human race was the result of genetic engineering by a race of “Gods,” our ultra-terrestrial cousins. This is not merely a modern speculation since it reappears in many creation myths, most notably in the Sumerian Tablets of 1600 B.C., the first Babylonian Dynasty. In our present context, transhumanism and their  technologies aim to re-engineer humankind and are, by their very nature, drawn from occult or alchemical principles as a cyclic set of redemptive patterns. Modern science is a reflection of the original alchemical imperatives, established to assist humanity in achieving a prodigal return after the fall. Yet, there are always two streams to this return: service to self or service to others, left hand path or right hand path, creativity, entropy, yin-yang. Learning to discern and discriminate the choices which lead to an increase in awareness rather than an unconscious decrease is determined by context.  And it seems the present context is dominated by a technological ascension that is entropic in nature.

If the reader recalls, many summaries in this series show the persistent push toward group consciousness, group-think, consolidation/centralisation, SMART societies, ecological fascism and the general hijacking of Truth in order to supplant and engineer a counterfeit reality which nonetheless, achieves the required energy – by the consent of the masses. For ceremonial psychopaths, free-will is still paramount and much tastier meal if the decision is given willingly.

One has to make the choice – even unconsciously – to be follow objective reality as far as is possible or to choose to be deceived.

splice_4Promotional still from “Splice” (2009) Warner Bros; Directed by Vincenzo Natali. “She’s not human … Not entirely.”

Since, by its very nature, genetic engineering is social engineering the advancement of GRIN technologies aligned to this science throws up intense moral and ethical questions moving us back into the realm of Babel, the Fall and Atlantean myth:  When does an animal become a human and how does acting as God to the animal kingdom react to this transformation? More to the point, when a new generation of plant, animal, human-machines are mixed with animal and human DNA, how will that transform our civilisation? How does conscience and consciousness feature? According to Farrell and De Hart these implications are defined by “law and jurisprudence” where genetic chimeras will (and by extension, bio-genetic robots) create huge moral mine-fields on the question of “human” rights relating to levels of self-awareness/sentience. Defined rights will inevitably shape our societies and cultures. But to what end?

Under U.S. patent law, an invention must fulfill four requirements in order to be patentable as intellectual property:

1) It must be original, i.e., it must not have been published or patented previously nor be too similar to a previous invention;

2) It must not be obvious, that is to say, you cannot patent a rock wrapped in a sock and call it a “non-scuff” door stopper;

3) It must have a clear and demonstrable function, which, in the case of chimerical life, as we have seen, could include specific research purposes, such as the study of immune system disorders in chimerical creatures with human immune systems, or human cognitive or mental disorders in creatures with predominantly human neural structures;

4) It must be enabling, in other words, the patent should function like a recipe, with clear enough descriptions of the technologies and techniques to allow anyone to reproduce it.57

Under these criteria, an animal-human chimera, even if, say, 99 percent human and only 1 percent animal (or vice versa), would be a patentable object and intellectual property….

….shades of the ancient Mesopotamian and Meso-American myths of the engineering of mankind as a slave race to the gods. [1]

The contemporary Elites within America (the latter-day Atlantis and New Babylon) are fixated on the idea of transformation. As discussed previously we can see that these Illuminist/Rosicrucian/Baconian roots have required centuries long social engineering efforts culminating in a precise set of phases in the 20th and 21st Centuries. The slow establishment of an Official Culture of mind-body addiction serves as a platform by which social and cultural experimentation can take place. We might say there are five main ideas implanted into the minds of the global population:

  1. The idea that the Earth is overpopulated and extreme measures are needed depopulation by all and any means.
  2. Human influenced global warming to create fear and finance; to camouflage cyclic environmental, cataclysmic and cosmic changes.
  3. Human induced Terror Industry to promote fear and finance.
  4. Genetic engineering to save humanity (cure diseases, disability, farming)
  5. Genetic engineering and bio-technology to “improve” humanity

The 4C’s of commercialisation, consolidation, centralisation and control underpin these three main strategies with: a) banking infrastructure predicated on credit and debt cycles and b) the Structural Adjustment Team organisations to implement debt and the maintenance of poverty and war. The final technological transformation and its religio-occult apocalypse care of monotheistic religions represent the “ascension”; a magical reversal of the Tower of Babel moment and a return to the States of both Babylon and Atlantis. A New World Order will rise out of the ashes and the template for a SMART World State will advance a breakaway society. This enclave of self-proclaimed New World Priesthood will oversee a chipped, genetically modified, modernised slave race – willingly accepted. The energy of the mass mind will serve as a mega-ritual of perceived alchemical ascension by a minority of psychopath masquerading as transhumanist saviours.

Will such a dystopian nightmare come to pass?

Well, the future is still open but the window of opportunity is slight.

transgender-symbol

Transgender symbol fusing with Transhumanism symbol? © infrakshun

Accordingly, the transformation of humankind across all domains is currently obsessed with socio-cultural “androgynous fusions” since it is the esoteric masculine androgyny that dominates the global occult Establishment. The engineering of these fusions is operating through genetics and chimeras, biology, agribusiness, entertainment, art, media, military R & D  and of course, transhumanism as the main hub for disseminating the new philosophy and the transformation of consciousness toward the prophesied Singularity.

Or, according to author Joel Garreau:

“… it means that any human being – a microcosm – will be capable of himself or herself becoming a macrocosm, of literally stretching out, via computer interfaces, to control robotic space probes, millions of miles away. The next step is towards true computer-enhanced telepathy and interface, “to rig a distant machine such that it can pipe what it is sensing directly into the brain of its human host. The goal is to seamlessly merge mind and machine, engineering human evolution so as to directly project and amplify the power of our thoughts throughout the universe.” [2]

This explains the Establishment expression of an inverted alchemy and its obsession with sexual subversion, androgyny as expressed through pathological elements of (Nazi) occult bi-sexuality, homosexuality and the now modern PR surrounding transgender studies surfacing in popular culture – often in combination with a transhumanist ethos. This is not to condemn the LBGT ( Lesbian, Bi-Sexual, Gay and Transgender) movement at its core, only to raise questions about its appearance at this juncture and with awareness of what has been discussed. Recall that normal humanity – including normal gay men and lesbian women – are being used to fulfill an agenda that has nothing to do with social or spiritual emancipation. The occult elite are in control of the mechanism though not necessarily the inherent unpredictability. If indeed we are facing a omni-directional engineering of the social body then it is logical that these patterns of sexuality have surfaced throughout history where separation and persecution dominated, or an understanding of sexual orientation was allowed to occur, usually based on higher knowledge concerning its place in the whole and the key distinction between mere difference and obvious pathology.

The spiritual concept of the androgynous man is a symbol of bi-sexuality and asexuality of the Divine Unity – the completed Self. It is a symbol for the integration of all noble aspects not just sexual. However, sexual/creative  energy informs all. Indeed, rudimentary sex organs of both sexes are present in the human foetus – an embryonic androgyny. And as Farrell and De Hart propose, this may be the results of an actual scientific knowledge that man was literally made in the image of the God(s).

Down through history ancient culture across the globe has seen the  masculine associated with differentiation, and the feminine with union. This symbolism was rooted in an elite science that actually knew that biologically it was the male that indeed was responsible for the “primary differentiation” and sexual differentiation, with the feminine or reception as the “default” program  set to “female.”

cybererotica2

The Mainstreaming of cyborg-erotica care of transhumanist “chic.” It is usually a male fantasy fusion, though Bjork’s lesbian android’s (top right) beat Jennifer Lopez’s standard hetero-android for cyber-fetish originality…

“alchemosexuality” was the echo of a scientifically-based ancient culture such as Atlantis which was destroyed as result of their all-consuming hubris, the knowledge was lost along with everything else. But if human males carry BOTH chromosomes and this was applied as a form of “analogical magic” this would be likened to: “…a symbol of the physical medium in which all distinctions are united.” And where such thinking as related to a primordial alchemosexuality: “… even finds expression in the ancient belief that male sperm: ‘was held to contain a particle of prima materia out of which everything was made.’ ” it is in this sense that: “… the phenomenon of androgyny itself is a residue of mankind’s actual primordial state – as is actually claimed by various traditions – and occasionally manifests itself for whatever reason, including the possibility that it is being deliberately, though covertly, sought and engineered.”

Even more importantly:

“…modern genetics falsifies the ancient metaphor in one significant way, in that it is the female rather than the male which is the “default” setting for the program of human embryonic development.

But i[t] also confirms the ancient metaphor in another significant way, in that it is the male that is a “special program” of differentiation, for without the Y chromosome, development would proceed along the lines of the female. We cannot help but recall the fact that in ancient Mesopotamian lore, the “gods” engineered mankind by a chimerical mixture between a proto-human “female” donor and a “god” male donor. [3]

Hence the distortion within the ruling power echelons where a predominance of paedophilia and gay sex magick within military-occult circles comes into play. The idea of the default setting of man is taken as an exclusive Will to Power, the masculine as the “Keys to Creation” rather than the integration and synthesis of both sexual energies. The Fall and subsequent re-engineering of humanity was accomplished when the genetic symbiosis of X, Y chromosome interrelation ceased to indicate androgyny but degenerated into mere sexual divisions.

If the unification of the sexes was indeed a reality in some dim and and very distant past, and the human race was divided into males and females, as also much later suggested by Plato and possibly Aristotle, it reinforces the sheer alchemical ambition foisted on humanity – viewed as Frankenstein by the Elite, a monster to be transmuted – is extraordinary to behold. It seems they have not – perhaps cannot – learn from the past. If individual consciousness is being sacrificed for group consensus and group consciousness based on androgynous fusions which are all rooted in an archaic re-enactment of an ancient Fall and the assumed ascent, most of humanity will flow into that “Great Work” voluntarily.

The only problem is, it is the usual hi-jacking of Truth; it is a trap which will provide a choice for the observer to apply the knowledge to truly SEE or to believe the lie, the latter signifying a return not to primordial androgyny but to primal matter.

Lucy (2014)

Scarlett Johansson starring as “Lucy” in the 2014 film of the same name. Directed by Luc Besson this is perhaps one of the most transhumanist films ever made offering a decidedly “Luciferian version of Creation”. For a fine exploration of these underlying themes within the film take a look at: “Lucy”: A Movie About Luciferian Philosophy” from the Vigilant Citizen website.

We see a strange reflection of this genetic dissection and manipulation across all domains of society. It is a forced fusion of opposites and coerced interplay of group-think and herd mentality being corralled towards a technocratic fusion of consciousness. Anomalies abound with transsexuals cast a drift in a sea of artificiality where once such individuals had a place in society as spiritual channels. Those that were half-man/half woman were revered in many ancient and indigenous cultures as they were seen as shamans given the task of attuning with higher realities in order to maintain the integrity of the community, by a communion with “Spirit.” The last thing they were subjected to was isolation and hatred. Yet, in this culture of extreme differentiation and sexual psychopathy is makes perfect sense that sexual minorities are also hijacked and co-opted for elite uses, subverting minority roles so that narcissistic tribal groupings and endless labels for “rights” and further differentiations dominate. Similarly, agriculture and animals become commodified just as the ecology of the mind and its external environment succumb not to the freedom of technology, but its further constriction.

The promise of technology to heal all physical ills is very real and to be welcomed. Meanwhile, the pay off from that healing is not being addressed and can be seen in current expressions within pop culture. While the undoubted interrelatedness and interdependence of the global populations is emerging as a very real global brain, the ponerological aspects of this manifestation is clear. Art, music and the Hollywood, gloss of cyber erotica, the Nazi roots of Sado-Masochism, bondage and porn is being mainstreamed. It is quite literally, coming online as the merging of man and machine is sold as sexy.


gigerartworks1© H.R. Gieger

Instantly recognisable as the concept and production design style used for the Alien films, Swiss artist Hans Ruedi Giger and his iconic, industrial, “bio-mechanical” art, best personifies the inverted gnosticism as occult transhumanism. It is a disturbing picture of cyborg-alien “eroticism”, exemplifying Satanic Egyptian-Babylonian ritual fantasy. Unsurprisingly, S & M fetishists find Gieger’s art popular. It is also no coincidence that in the final “Prometheus” film directed by Ridley Scott, the “Orion Gods” are introduced as the decidedly unfriendly geneticists who not only seeded humanity out of their very bodies, but were also responsible for unleashing the demonic Alien, originally inspired by Giger’s single artwork: Necronom IV. Once commenting that he initially used his works as art therapy, I can only say rather than exorcising whatever was there, it looks like he became its channel…


According to physics the Universe may be “hardwired” to produce observers so that in one sense, the Universe can know itself through the medium of a complex organism like humanity. This has been called the “Anthropic Cosmological Principle,” which includes four sub-principles. It is the fourth sub-principle – the Final Anthropic Principle – which concerns transhumanism and which exactly describes the abiding rationale behind such beliefs in that the processing of information must be brought forth in the Universe, and once it comes into existence, it cannot die out. This may be true, but it is a huge leap to assume that observers and participants all adhere to the essential qualitative energy of Universal Creativity. There is supreme intelligence of the machine and there is the omnipotent Gods of pre-history – neither of which designate ultimate benevolence.

Spirit is neutral but flows through the polarities of negative and positive. It is this underlying binary cycle of Light and Dark consciousness expressed through group endeavour that holds the most danger: a) through the networking of knowledge without prejudice and with a co-linear intent that it is group conscious; or b) through the development of belief, ideology and subjective evaluations designed to create group consciousness as a template for the future. The latter accentuates contraction, conformity and authority with the artifice of the opposite – the effort expressed that is equal, unchanging and constantly running on empty. It is the uniformity and crystallised “consensus” that drives hierarchical group consciousness, where the restriction of a singular authority impedes creativity and leads to entropy.

The former – a network of service to others – actually serves the self, as it strives to disburse accumulated energy in favour of both individuality and the community; creativity is expressed as part of an holistic organism, where each “cell” is a fractal representation of the whole – a contribution of unique effort which is shared and transformed. It is this uniqueness of individual experience that drives and enriches the network.

Transhumanism, if not presently located in an entropic spiral is rapidly heading that way. Since we might presume that individuals and humanity en mass, represent a vast storehouse of DNA transmission and receivership capability, the inherent quality must define these attributes; it must depend upon our conscious choices to expand awareness and therefore resist lies and deception in favour of group conscious creativity. Perhaps we then become transducers of qualitative energies that demand a transmutation of our inner ecology, thus leading to the potential to change our outer environment.

No intermediate machinery is needed, silicon, quantum or otherwise.

 


Notes

[1] p.96; Transhumanism: A Grimoire of Alchemical Agendas  By Joseph P. Farrell and Scott De Hart. Published by Feral House 2011/2012.
[2] Ibid; p.127; quoting Joel Garreau from Radical Evolution (2006).
[3] Ibid; p.252.

Technocracy XVII: Occult Transhumanism (1)

By M.K. Styllinski

 “…modern science appears to be ascending back up the ladder of the descent of man as understood by the esoteric tradition and by the ancient mythologies of the Tower of Babel Moment and Fall of Man, and to be doing so in the exact order and reversal of that descent, suggesting once again that the goals of modern science have remained, at root, alchemically inspired…”

— Joseph P. Farrel and Scott De Hart, from: “Transhumanism: A Grimoire of Alchemical Agendas”

***

Prometheus: Yes, I caused mortals to cease foreseeing their doom.
Chorus: Of what sort was the cure that you found for this affliction?
Prometheus: I caused blind hopes to dwell within their breasts.
Chorus: A great benefit was this you gave to mortals.
Prometheus: In addition, I gave them fire.
Chorus: What! Do creatures of a day now have flame-eyed fire?
Prometheus: Yes, and from it they shall learn many arts.
   

— Aeschylus, Prometheus UnBound, P.B. Shelley


631px-transhumanism_barnstar_thumb© infrakshun

Early on in this series we explored the various groupings of the Three Establishment Model (3EM) drawn from an overarching global occult body. Many people can’t get their heads around the fact that occultism is bread and butter to the Elite. Official Culture consists of a public pantomime served up in the form of politicians, media circuses and the endless distractions away from the Great Oz Magician lurking behind that cultural curtain. Our Western societies in particular are largely a product of long-term social engineering predicated on occult directives.

The Rockefeller dynasty have shown themselves to be one of the most influential in this Establishment Order since the early part of the 20th Century. From social science to corporatism, oil to agribusiness, genetics and eugenics, banking to academia, their continual role in re-shaping America and its people has never waned. Indeed, it has taken on new significance with the rise of technology and transhumanist discourse. Behind their trusts, NGOs, institutions, think tanks and massive philanthropic expenditure lies a common and urgent imperative seldom recognised by those employed in their vast monopolies, should they even care. That imperative is an occult legacy drawn from an ancient wish to micro-manage the lives of the “lower orders” of the global population. This is not solely a misguided authoritarianism but a deeply rooted existential belief, an occult theology of gnostic inversion that sees alchemy as the route to the transcendence of man and humanity. This form of alchemy is in fact, a path away from the principles of Knowledge, love, light and Truth toward what is effectively an existential form of Satanism with its historical roots in Illuminism and their Rosicrucian handlers.

Prometheus-Wallpaper-4-prometheus-2012-film-33010439-2048-1536

The deeply occult-inspired “Prometheus” (2012) produced by Twentieth Century Fox and Directed by Ridley Scott. The quest for immortality, alien Gods, Artificial Intelligence, robots and merging of man and machine all feature. (the tagline to the film reads: “The search for our beginning could lead to our end.”

Perhaps the mythological Titan Prometheus is well suited to embody the aims of our planetary elite since he is meant to be the benefactor who brought fire of physical consciousness to humanity. Serving the wishes of the Olympian Gods with Zeus at the helm, Prometheus was therefore a warrior against Chronus and other Titans which, according to some interpretations is ultimately a sacrificial enterprise. This demi-god proves his worth but suffers eternal punishment and banishment due to his theft of fire, intent as he was to ignite humanity and bring forth a friction with matter: the potential of humanity’s road to collective awareness through earthly descent. Thanks to this Titan, the mortal gods of human beings were shaped in the likeness of their ruling Masters and certain qualities of the animal kingdom. So began the human kingdom. The Hellenistic Prometheus is in fact Lucifer the “Bringer of Light” the cosmic trickster and fallen angel that takes MATTER literally into his own hands and fashions the seeds of divinity into mortal beings. We must then find our way back to “immortality” by transcending both Prometheus/Lucifer and the Gods.

Then we have the other Titan in the guise of Atlas who held up the celestial sphere and embodied the primordial nature of Gaia, the Earth Goddess. There is also a link to Atlantis being: “Island of Atlas” i.e. the Atlantic Ocean. This will become pertinent as we continue. Incidentally, both these statues are right outside the Rockefeller Centre in downtown New York.

800px-Rockefeller_Center_MAM

A gilded Prometheus, Rockefeller Centre, New York (wikpedia)

new-york-city-rockefeller-center-05-atlas-statue-and-st-patricks-cathedral1

The primordial Atlas, the Titan holding up the heavens. Location outside St. Patrick’s Cathedral, Nr, Rockfeller Center, New York.

So, what does all this have to do with transhumanism?

To answer that we have to turn our attention to authors Jospeh P. Farrell and Scott de Hart whose book Transhumanism: A Grimoire of Alchemical Agendas sheds some light on what may be going on with the Establishment crowd and their occult agendas.

Drawing on a wealth of Western and Eastern estoterica the authors develop the idea that androgyny and “alchemosexual” themes run through masonic fraternities and Hermetic orders from ancient civilisation right up to the present day. Alchemy is the art and science of the soul, where self-development is symbolised by the transmutation of lead into gold. A Hermetic thread of ‘man as microcosmos’ ” (man as symbolic of the cosmos in man) and ‘universe as makanthropos’ (an Indo-Germanic creation myth of a giant Being that makes up the Universe), are in turn sourced from a continuous tradition or esoteric doctrine that they name the “Topological Metaphor” which they believe underlies most, if not all of the occult imperatives presently obsessing the global occult body. Such a metaphor describes a potential unity expressing itself in three ways:

a) As a sexual, or androgynous unity;

b) As a linguistic unity; and finally, and perhaps most importantly,

c) As a cultural-philosophical unity.

In this instance, the “Topological Metaphor” also reveals the fact that this ancient philosophy was exactly what the Medieval and Renaissance Hermeticists claimed it was, the prisca theologia, the “ancient theology.”   [1]

In the authors’ opinion this: ”unity in all its facets constituted some sort of threat to the gods or God, and had to be broken. Notably, when one looks at all the ancient records, the unity was indeed broken at each of the three levels noted above.”

This brings us back to what was described in the previous post regarding the collapse of ancient civilisations and the idea that the development of consciousness within humanity was a direct threat to the “Gods” presiding over their quarry. This was to be repeated through history, in particular during the ancient Empire of Atlantis and the subsequent Great Flood that followed. This is the also the point where earth changes and cosmological influences may intersect. [2]

prometheus_1600x1200_97533

Still from “Prometheus” (2012)

The Tower of Babel myth from the book of Genesis is also seen as an important aspect of the Fall, illustrating how man’s common language was fragmented into a “confusion of tongues” as a consequence of limiting humanity’s influence in relation to the Gods.

6 “And the Lord said, “Indeed the people are one and they all have one language, and this is what they begin to do; now nothing that they propose to do will be withheld from them.

7 Come, let Us go down and there confuse their language, that they may not understand one another’s speech.”

8 So the Lord scattered them abroad from there over the face of all the earth, and they ceased building the city.”

The Biblical Fall of Man saw the division of the sexes into male and female and the scattering of one language instead of one, later reaffirmed by Plato. The following “Tower of Babel Moment” derives an alchemical quest to retrieve knowledge and meaning and true Being so dispersed, and to ascend back up the ladder to individual and collective union once again. Yet there are other details which the authors found to re-occur, with three essential themes:

1) The unity of mankind is conceived to be in masculine-androgynous terms, i.e., as an original male-female sexual unity, and this unity is tied, somehow, to the “perfect” knowledge that mankind has, a point which is stressed over and over again in the passage;

2) This unity and knowledge in turn constitute some sort of threat to the gods;

3) The gods take the decision to curb mankind’s original unity in the now familiar pattern, by fragmenting mankind, only in this case, the fragmentation is, predictably, the division of the original androgyny into the sexes. Once this is accomplished, mankind loses his knowledge. The implication is that mankind’s original androgyny might have been tied either to immortality or longevity, and the division of the sexes results in the loss of that longevity or immortality, and consequently, in a loss of knowledge. [3]

The concept behind the Tower of Babel and the Fall that mankind is:

“…an original primordial androgyny”, whose experience of sensuality actually causes the fall, the loss of knowledge, and the division into the sexes. In some versions of this Fall “from androgyny” into “sexual division,” it is Brahma who destroys the knowledge that androgyny brings (and here let us understand that androgyny is not only a symbol of the fusion of sexes but of other polarities: motion and rest, being and becoming, and so on), and who replaces the implied idea of communion in consciousness and love with the idea of sacrifice.

Pieter_Bruegel_the_Elder_-_The_Tower_of_Babel_Vienna_-_Google_Art_Project_-_edited_thumb.jpg

The Tower of Babel unfinished by Pieter Bruegel the Elder (1563)

dsc04049

The “unfinished” European Parliament building in Strasbourg

It was this alchemical sacrifice of the lower personality and the accumulation of energy for service to others that was inverted to manifest as a literal physical human sacrifice to appease the Gods. Original sacrifice was – according to the authors – of deeper significance in that it symbolised cosmically as primary differentiation of matter into form and diversity. God’s sacrifice to know itself further – through us. This sacrificial alchemy can be seen in the neophyte’s descent into the Underworld as well as the archetypal boiling of bones and flesh of the initiate in Siberian shamanism.
Consequently:

“As the original act of differentiation within the metaphor was perceived as an act of Love – for where there is no differentiation there cannot be any Love – then in the absence of love, the metaphor came to be understood literally, and the actual practice of sacrifice became perceived as the means whereby to analogically reproduce the processes of the medium and its differentiations itself, and thereby to affect or to “traumatize and shock” the physical medium. only be rationalized by positing the existence of those of evil intention, who viewed the practice simply as a means of acquiring power through this practice of “analogical magic.”

We are, in short, once again in the presence of the agenda of communion and union through actual acts of love, versus that of “communion” and “union” through a technique of sacrifice, whose true purposes and motivations are altogether different. The goal or agenda remains the same – the alchemical recreation of a higher alchemosexual union between “opposites”- but the methods of getting there are entirely different.”  [4]

It is this quest for a cultural-philosophical unity (and where transhumanism lies) that has been vicariously protected by occult custodians as a means to assist humanity in their collective ascension to higher states of consciousness. In a  metaphysical context, the nature of this material plane and the Dark Half of God as represented by evil/psychopathy spins counter to that goal, with lies and obfuscation offering obstacles to spiritual growth.

Intriguingly enough, the distortion and corruption of science and also its great achievements all have hermetic, alchemical origins. Some of the giants of modern science were in fact alchemists steeped in esoteric lore. Isaac Newton, Johann Kepler, Copernicus and Leibniz were just some of those for whom the scientific establishment is thoroughly indebted while   covering up their deep rooted alchemical role. Means and methods have changed but the drive towards the betterment and improvement of humankind remains an alchemical one, even if symbolic.

220px-GodfreyKneller-IsaacNewton-1689In one way or another, these scientists were inspired by or to actively search for the philosophers’ stone (lapis philosophorum ) the core motif in alchemical lore. Also known as the Holy Grail, it was a symbolic idea rather than actual object, the applied science of which was thought to turn base metals into gold. The attainment of these alchemical transmutations was believed to lead to immortality (another indication that transhumanism is shadow-reflection of the same).Efforts to discover the philosophers’ stone were known as the Magnum Opus (“Great Work”). Though it is believed that such transmutation of base metals into gold is also symbolic, there are also accounts – even today  that such a thing is physically possible.

newton_manuscript416_thumb.jpgAlchemical notes from Isaac Newton’s journals

Astonishingly, the authors provide snippets of evidence that even some hermetic/alchemical treatise and commentary include strange references to what could be a form of genetic engineering, where alchemy claimed to produce artificial life and thus introduce the concept of an apocalyptic transformation of man. It seems for transhumanism, rather than an inner transmutation, it is a metamorphosis of man and the cosmos that is sought based on the integration and synthesis of a computer-based, synthetic biology – a veritable Borg consciousness of artificiality. By default, transhumanists believe that this synthesis must interface with the core nature of the human being since man and machine will be one – and so too the Universe.  Modern physics may also be viewed: “… as but Hermetic metaphysics with “topological” equations, and by a similar process of examination, much of modern genetics may be viewed as but the myths of Sumer, Babylon, and even the Mayans, given flesh by the techniques of genetic engineering.” [5]Farrel and De Hart also explore the compelling evidence of Medieval Renaissance writers and 19th literary artists (Freemason Oscar Wilde, Illuminst P. B. Shelley for example) who subtly and not so subtly express the same alchemical agenda within their writings.

This inverted alchemy adopted and hijacked by a minority of Pathocrats have extended, phase by phase the alchemical transhumanist imperative across all societal domains, from food, agriculture, urban planning to art and sexual mores. Most importantly, monotheistic religions have influenced humanity in a large-scale induction of a counter-alchemy, a manifold schizophrenia based on authoritarianism and fear. This has amounted to a global social engineering project, or as the authors express it, the transmutation of this latent search for Unity: ”… into regions of ‘believer and infidel’ within human social and cultural space.” [6]

BORG

Gene Rodenberry’s Star Trek featured The Borg. A race of cyborgs whose job it was to race around the Cosmos assimilating all into a Hive mind – part man, part machine. The image shows the Borg spacecraft-Death Star represented as a cuboid form.

Inside this metaphor of Unity lies hidden an alchemical ascendance of the primordial androgyny, the transmuted man, where an integration of male and female energy of the higher centres is completed at the highest rung of the spiritual ladder of ascent. This mirrored the essential nature of the Divine which was naturally risen beyond the very notion of sexual duality to what the authors term “alchemosexuality”. This word was coined by the authors to denote an: “… entire constellation of concepts, and their deep connections to esoteric and alchemical traditions, societies, rituals, and agendas.” [7] Surrounding this idea is a hidden agenda connected to the acquiring knowledge, power and technology in order to facilitate a transformation of man according to certain alchemosexual principles. Not only this, but a definite, thematic symbolism which involved an evolutionary ladder of alchemo-chimeral man, alchemo-vegetable man and alchemosexual man. This esoteric symbolism can be explained accordingly:

“As the process of differentiations unfold, man descends through four realms, the heavenly, the mineral, the vegetable, and finally enters its current state of existence, the animal. There is, in other words, a “mineral man,” a “vegetable man,” and an “animal man.” In all these prior states, except the last, mankind is perceived as an “androgyny,” to such an extent that his reproduction in the vegetable stage, for example, is conceived to be plant-like.” [8]

They follow this by asking: “…why should all three of these things be so persistently, consistently, and alchemically linked, from the Vedas of India, the I Ching of China, to the neters of Egypt and even to the Popol Vuh of the Maya in Meso-America and the emanations of the Hermetica, of Plato, and of the Neoplatonists?” [9]

Hence we come back to pre-historical civilisations such as Atlantis, and their widespread agenda manifesting across the globe via the global Establishment. In this vain, notwithstanding alchemosexuality as a metaphysical first principle, there appears to be a persistent androgynous symbolism within the Western esoteric tradition which has been preserved by certain secret societies;  an archetypal battle between creativity and entropy, normal humanity and a pathocratic minority, ritual mega-sacrifice or collective redemption and ascension:

“…modern man is in a predicament, for he is about to be sacrificed, either upon an apocalyptic altar of alchemical science, or, … slaughtered by a righteous God come back to restore justice to the world by an unparalleled bloodletting, prior to mankind’s final transformation … into the very same sorts of alchemical creations as proffered by the transhumanist science they excoriate. Either way, the transhumanist gospels of Science or the revelations, prophets, … are saying the same thing: the New Age is here; prepare to die as part of your process of alchemical transformation.”  [10]

Excluding the offshoots of monotheism, the authors further wondered why it was that the basic ancient myths:

“… were based on the idea of mankind’s descent from a Primordial Androgyny, through the Mineral, through the Vegetable, and finally into the Animal Kingdoms? How could the ancient myths even speak of a “Mineral Man” or “Vegetable Man?” These images are disconcerting, even nonsensical, but the most disconcerting thing about them, as we discovered, was that they also reappeared in the snapshots of modern science that every so often make a column filler-article in a newspaper, or make their way around internet sites.

Why was it, we wondered, that ancient esoteric lore could speak of the lowest level of mankind’s descent, that of the Animal Kingdom, populating its mythological world with chimerical hybrid creatures, half animal, and half human, and modern science could speak of the same things – even calling them “manimals” – as a goal to be sought? […]

… Was it possible that the whole agenda of modern science was from top to bottom an alchemical agenda for the complete transformation of mankind? Was this genetically modified food for the alchemically modified man?

Ascending from there to the Mineral Man, again we wondered: why were so many within the “transhumanist” movement seeming to speak, through all their modern verbal coinage, nothing but the language of ancient lore and alchemy? Once again, there seemed to be an agenda that was nothing less than a quest for an “androgynous fusion” of man and machine, of man and the mineral.

This brought us to a consideration of the most disconcerting image of them all: androgyny itself, which more often than not stood for a fusion of many sorts of paired principles that seemed at first unrelated to the concept of androgyny in its most basic sense. It stood, in other words, precisely for that fusion of the human and the animal, of the human and the vegetable, of the human and the mineral, as it stood also for the fusion or union of the masculine and the feminine, of the male and the female.” [11]

The massive barrier erected between a true connection and a spiritual prodigal return to the Edenic State were the religions of Judaism, Christianity and Islam which rejected everything that went before it as “paganism” and therefore the work of evil. It was an incredible achievement of ponerological control which stamped out the archaic nature of humanity’s natural alchemical design. In its place was a collective lesion producing increased pathology in society and culture, with only remnants of a forgotten esoteric knowledge sometimes surfacing in pantheistic cults and genuinely revolutionary sects such as Catharism. Overall, freemasonry as custodian was to be hijacked by “service to self” or Satanic branches of an occult theology.

sauron

The Eye of Sauron From the Lord of the Rings Trilogy. Is this the archetype harking back to the bloody days of Yahweh and Monotheistic Religion?

The Israelite God Yahweh is the personification of all that is psychopathic in the world of monotheistic religion, founded on violence and the progenitor of its continual manifestation. The purpose of these types of organised religions was to cement the inversion of the original “Topological Metaphor” and the reality of an essential Unity. It was a social perversion of a rich Truth and a “ Technique of Social Engineering and Construction Via Conflict”; a gradual implantation of division, narcissism, nihilism and spiritual disempowerment. If there was indeed an alchemical route to transformation for all humanity then it stands to reason there was it’s opposite: a mass mind programing designed to use humanity as energic food for a select few so that their neo-feudalism could reign once more.

Our present Official Culture is concerned with a sacrifice of meaning and Truth on the altar of many false beliefs including a transhumanist ethos, which has an inverted alchemical agenda at its shrivelled heart. Order through Chaos, a transformational and apocalyptic trial by fire is to be engineered through the world religions so that such a New Technocratic Age can arrive from the ashes. The Three Establishment Model requires these social intermediaries in order to create the correct conditions for the ultimate collective transformation. Which means total domination of normal humanity as a prelude to complete domination of the planet. And ultimately this encompasses the very Universe as espoused by a pre-apocalyptic battle between artifice and organic life: the Singularity and the techno-spiritual seeding of the Post-Human to all corners of the cosmos.

You may not believe it but they do and that’s what matters.

If the Tower of Babel Moment represents a  metaphor of the Fall of Man, including the  descent  from the “primordial androgyny of man, an image and symbol of the ‘androgyny’ of the physical medium, or of God, itself, through the mineral, vegetable, and finally, animal man,” then transhumanist arm of geneticists are carrying on the legacy of the philosophia Perennis – the “ microcosm of the universe” by dominating all the senses. This naturally includes sexuality and thereby consciousness as a precursor to the up and coming Singularity.

This appears to be an important aspect of the underlying occult agenda within the transhumanist movement as a whole, regardless of whether even most of its adherents are aware of it.

After all, to see humanity as a collective “Homunculus” – a Frankenstein – to be artificially created to its potential and to reverse this “descent” toward an apocalyptic denouement is one thing. However, under the tutelage of Elite deviance, this macrocosmic mega-ritual is a quest for immortality that is a grotesque short-cut for selfish ends. The final transformation of mankind is a means to an end and as we know, their belief is that the end justifies the means – any means – since omnipotent rule is a Divine right and a bloodline of “Royal” descent. Transforming mankind through the fires of hell may well be a genuine tool of freemasonic belief. Yet, existential Satanism has long since co-opted even that dubious lineage of assumed social engineering.

Now, such a transhumanist feat is in the hands of Prometheus as Lucifer: the “Bringer of Light.” By introducing, advancing and applying the perceived alchemical methods of technological transmutation: “… the way to do this is to create the fusions by “art,” i.e., by a technique and technology, to fill the space of creation with man, quite literally by “splicing” or merging him with the animal, vegetable, and mineral kingdoms.” [12]

Once again, by re-visiting the past explorations of the 3EM and understanding the central place the Rockefeller family has in its organisation, it will become evident that their agenda is indeed a total Promethean transformation not only of the United States but the world.

See also: World State Policies IX: Food as a Weapon and GM Crops Unleashed  and The Sex Establishment IV: The Kinsey Legacy

 


Notes

[1] p.72; Transhumanism: A Grimoire of Alchemical Agendas By Joseph P. Farrell and Scott De Hart. Published by Feral House 2011/2012.
[2] Ibid; p.72.
[3] Ibid; p.18.
[4] Ibid; p.18.
[5] Ibid; p.6; Introduction ref: Grids of the Gods By Joseph P. Farrell and Scott De Hart.
[6] Ibid; p.60.
[7] Ibid; p.4.
[8] Ibid; p.55.
[9] Ibid; p.11; Introduction.
[10] Ibid; p.5; Introduction.
[11] Ibid; p.8 Introduction.
[12] Ibid; p.92.

World Revolution III: The Courage to Critique

“Deluded people. You must understand that there exists a conspiracy in favor of despotism, and against liberty, of incapacity against talent, of vice against virtue, or ignorance against light! … Every species of error which afflicts the earth, every half-baked idea, every invention serves to fit the doctrines of the Illuminati …The aim is universal domination.”

Marquis de Luchet Essay on the Sect of the Illuminati January, 1789.


The Marquis De Luchet was initially in favour of the French Revolution until presumably joined the dots regarding his friend the Comte de Mirabeau and realised all was not well. He wasn’t the only one who thought the Revolution had been hijacked away from genuine grassroots uprising. Discerning politicians in America and Britain were also sounding the alarm, but these were lone voices in a sea of romantic resolve. The Irish philosopher and Member of Parliament Edmund Burke * issued stern warnings during the onset of the Revolution and incurred the wrath of the public and many of his colleagues as a result.

clip_image002

               Edmund Burke

Burke was an expert on change. He knew intuitively that radical change, too swift and sweeping, frequently led to the very same dynamics of tyranny. While he had given his support to the American Revolution, the causes of which in his opinion, were of an entirely different nature, he felt it duty bound to resist supporting the French people for reasons that will be become apparent.

Much like the media of today, hit pieces appeared in the press which were controlled by Illuminati agents hiding behind the cover of liberal sentiments. Suddenly, Burke’s once popular standing was swiftly reduced to rubble after his publication of Reflections on the Revolution in France (1790). The treatise is now widely seen as the statesman’s defining moment for its erudition, prescience and wisdom. It consisted of a correspondence with “a Paris gentleman” a French aristocrat named Charles-Jean-François Depont who had asked Burke for his impressions of the Revolution. This resulted in two letters, the latter of which became Reflections.

As a protestant and a Whig, his conservatism was just and represented the benevolent aspect of a capitalism that grew into something quite different in this century. Liberty and power were entwined and represented a force for good or for ill depending on who was at the helm. A cardinal rule for Burke and for those of us paying attention to politics subsequently, is to recognise: “… in situations where those who appear the most stirring in the scene may possibly not be the real movers.” [1] Early on in the midst of Revolution euphoria he saw the much trumpeted “liberty” as counterfeit and cautioned people to see the Revolution for what it was – a carefully engineered coup against certain sections of society. (Such a plea for caution was levelled by many observers at the onset of Barack Obama’s election both in terms of the scale of expenditure involved and the “yes we can” Obamamania marketing which ensued. Obviously, not much has changed.

Burke wrote:

When I see the spirit of liberty in action, I see a strong principle at work; and this, for a while, is all I can possibly know of it. The wild gas, the fixed air, is plainly broke loose; but we ought to suspend our judgment until the first effervescence is a little subsided, till the liquor is cleared, and until we see something deeper than the agitation of a troubled and frothy surface. I must be tolerably sure, before I venture publicly to congratulate men upon a blessing, that they have really received one.

Flattery corrupts both the receiver and the giver, and adulation is not of more service to the people than to kings. I should, therefore, suspend my congratulations on the new liberty of France until I was informed how it had been combined with government, with public force, with the discipline and obedience of armies, with the collection of an effective and well-distributed revenue, with morality and religion, with the solidity of property, with peace and order, with civil and social manners. All these (in their way) are good things, too, and without them liberty is not a benefit whilst it lasts, and is not likely to continue long. [2] [Emphasis mine]

And he was right.

 Delacroix, Eugene Liberty Leading The People, 1830 , Paris, Louvre

Liberty Leading The People, Eugene Delacroix, 1830, Paris, Louvre

Burke was also acutely aware of the significance of the French Revolution that could remake Europe and even the world under tyrannical lines: “It appears to me as if I were in a great crisis, not of the affairs of France alone, but of all Europe, perhaps of more than Europe.” He was fully cognizant of the nature of the usurpers of power that were inspired by such thinkers as Rousseau and Voltaire who were avowed rationalists and believers in a ruling Elite – the forerunners a Hegelian World Order. Many of the the Age of Reason and the Enlightenment pioneers represented dangerous abstractions to traditionalists like Burke who knew that society was a complex organism that did not operate on simplistic laws which benefited a ruling class grounded in man’s power rather than God’s. He had no time for those who believed in authoritarian rule whether a divinely appointed monarchic Establishment or an Elite ruling class. Similarly, if a government was oppressive then the people should oppose it, therefore, rather than open revolution he preferred gradual constitutional reform.

Burke was well aware of the Order of Illuminati often referring to them as the “Philosophe sect” in many of his writings. He criticised the Enlightenment’s “social contract” which was a socio-political theory based on Goethe’s Faustian pact. One has to have consented, either explicitly or tacitly, to give up one’s freedoms in exchange for what little rights may be left even though they may have been slowly eroded down to nothing, a process playing out in the West today, particularly in Britain and the United States. This surrendering to authority may be a Presidential court of law or the consensus of a majority. Either way, it is a backdoor to tyranny which is exactly why the Illuminati promoted this line of thinking.

The social contract was very much en vogue at the time. Burke granted credence to the idea that society is a contract: “But it is not a partnership in things subservient only to the gross animal existence of a temporary and perishable nature” rather, it is: “a partnership not only between those who are living, but between those who are living, those who are dead, and those who are to be born.” He makes a pointed reference to the cold, rationalism of the Illuminists and the beliefs of materialism, deism and atheism that they were encouraging. He makes a case for the complexities of history and the links that humans created over time with a rich tapestry of social values which cannot be suddenly erased in favour of something perceived as socially responsible and harmonious, least of all by a sect which represented the “public” image of a far greater threat than even these lone voices realised.

Burke’s views also differed from Thomas Hobbes’ theory which effectively saw man and women as numbers on an economic chart to move around at will presaging the game theorists of later years. And here one can see why the Irish philosopher was so fiercely ridiculed on orders of Illuminists: he was the polar opposite of their ideals and precisely what was needed in large numbers to counter their plans.

***

giloriglil.jpg“The Reign of Terror” commenced from 1793 until 1794 under the dictatorship of Maximilien Robespierre and the Jacobin mob. There is a general consensus from past statistics of the Terror, the causes of which came from the Orwellian-sounding Committee of Public Safety and The Revolutionary Tribunal and which stood at approximately 16,000 and 41,000 deaths. Historian Dr Marisa Linton of the Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences at Kingston University quoted a figure of 16,594 death sentences and a total which excluded those “… that died without formal death sentences imposed in a court of law.” And further: “Many perished in overcrowded and unsanitary prisons while awaiting trial. Many of those who died in the civil wars and federalist revolts did not have their deaths officially recorded.” [3]

However, Linton continues:

“… recent estimates of the number of deaths in the Vendée have caused historians to revise that figure considerably. One historian, Pierre Chaunu, spoke of the Vendée with deliberate provocation as a ‘genocide’ and claimed that 500,000 rebels had died. More realistic estimates, such as that by Jean-Clément Martin, suggest up to 250,000 insurgents and 200,000 republicans met their deaths in a war in which both sides suffered appalling atrocities. Another group that was decimated by the unleashing of the Terror was that of the revolutionaries themselves. Successive revolutionary factions fell victim to the Terror that, in many cases, they had themselves helped to orchestrate.” [4]

Apart from other methods of execution such as hanging, firing squad and even drowning, the gruesome, mechanical evil of the guillotine sliced through the necks of anyone who disagreed with the Revolution. It was the manner in which this “social uprising” was conducted which cast a dark stain across its avowed principles. Many victims were also set upon and murdered by death squads which roamed the cities of France often as out-sourced mercenaries. As a microcosm of the Spanish Inquisition, the Nazi holocaust, the English Witch-hunts or Stalinist rule, Revolutionary France was not a place to be for any true progressive, peasant or aristocrat. Many were murdered through rumour, accusation or the denouncement of a business competitor or creditor even if entirely innocent.[5]

terror

Anonymous print: “It is dreadful but necessary” (C’est affreux mais necessaire”) from the Journal d’Autre Monde 1794

Of the thousands to be condemned to the guillotine 8 percent (1031) were aristocrats, 6 percent (674) clergy, 14 percent (2923) middle class, and a whopping 72 percent (7878) were workers or peasants accused of hoarding, evading the draft, desertion or rebellion.[6] This tells you something important about the nature of the “People’s Revolution” in itself, namely, it was a text book example of despotic rule.

The Committee for Public Safety – a classic example of paramoralistic wording – allowed revolutionary tribunals to convict people without hearing evidence and which was called the Law of Prairial. In September 1793, the Convention passed a law called the Law of Suspects where the “public safety” actually meant people could now be put in prison without trial: “Suspects shall be locked up …. The proof necessary to convict enemies … can be any kind of evidence … If proof already exists there need be no further witnesses …The penalty for all offences under the law of revolutionary tribunal is death.” [7] It didn’t really matter who you were or what you did, once in the mouth of the machine there was little anyone could do. Very often French folk were condemned to death and executed the same day.

The following examples indicate the arbitrary nature of accusations which resulted in death:

Jean-Baptiste Henry, aged 18, journeyman tailor, convicted of having sawn down a tree of liberty, executed 6th September, 1793.

Francois Bertrand, aged 37, publican, convicted of having provided the defenders of the country with sour wine, condemned and executed the same day.

Henriette Francoise Marboeuf, aged 55, convicted of having hoped for the arrival of the Austrians and Prussians and of keeping food for them, condemned to death and executed the same day. [8]

As the terror came to gradual end in July 1794, revolutionary surveillance committees (Comité de surveillance révolutionnaire) with oversight by district committees continued the formula of repression for many years after.

There is ample evidence to suggest the eradication of counter-revolutionaries was part of a larger policy of depopulating France of “enemies of the people” which meant everyone who was not of the same mind. Author Nesta Webster suggested that the almost unimaginable slaughter of hundreds of thousands of French citizens during the Terror was indeed a deliberate campaign of genocide, an 18th Century example of an Elite belief which is so prominent and popular in political, academic and UN-led institutions today. Though conceived as part of the Committee’s plan, it has the classic hallmarks of the occult Establishment clique and so many World State believers: in order to return to an Eden ruled by a superior class of demi-Gods or Olympians a periodic culling of the rabble was necessary by whatever means available at the time.

As Steve Bonta describes in his article on effectively “Two Revolutions”:

The mad Marat, for whatever reason, had an idee fixe that demanded the massacre of 260,000 victims. But his blood lust was soon surpassed by his depraved “democratic” confreres. Jean Bon St. Andre averred that France’s population of 25 million “must be reduced by more than half.” Collot d’Herbois declared it must be reduced to 10 million. Carrier insisted only 6 million should survive. Guffoy said 5 million, whilst Robespierre is reported to have said that a population of 2 million would be more than enough. “Let us make a cemetery of France rather than not regenerate her after our manner,” declared Carrier. He and his confederates proceeded to do just that. After their abominable massacres in La Verdee, the revolutionists proudly reported back to the Convention in Paris, “we have left nothing behind us but ashes and piles of corpses.” All of this a century and a half before the likes of Stalin, Hitler, Mao, Pol Pot, and other 20th-century genocidal dictators made mass extermination a jaded political cliché. [9]

Bonta shows us that the reality of an Age of Enlightenment was in fact a quality of “illumination” which set alight only certain aspects of human endeavour in the modern age. Moreover, it’s rapid descent into destruction showed it’s shadow side in dramatic fashion. It was: “… a Revolution that began with a proud rejection of Deity, and worship of the State, turned into a hideous, blood-soaked parody of civilization, where technology and reason were applied to mass murder in the name of enlightened social engineering.” This set the stage for a fractal replication within a Western geo-political context.

Indeed, does this not describe the United States and NATO expansionism of the last fifty years?

Once again, the Jacobin Club was host to a surfeit of brutal psychopaths more than willing to take on the blood-letting. Sensing predation in the air, sniffing out victims with a super-natural instinct, another pattern of unrelenting horror was st in motion, allowing their true selves to manifest with impunity since their actions were fully mandated by the authorities. Sadistic individuals like Jean Paul Marat and his army of “Marats” or “Mulattos” were at the forefront of this mass murder, a logical result of authoritarian followers and essential psychopaths being given – quite literally – a free Reign. Marat was only among a number of anti-human individuals who undertook their tasks with extraordinary relish and were deemed useful for suppressing dissent and revolt against the Convention. Massacres and mass executions began to appear on a scale that harked back to the decimation of Cathar credents by the Inquisition in Languedoc.

Of particular note was one Jean-Baptiste Carrier who became notorious for for creating a variety of horrific ways for victims to be put to death. One method which he favoured on more than one occasion was to cram large numbers of people into boats with trap doors in the floors which he ordered sent out into the Loire to be sunk. This manner of mass death was frequently employed against the clergy whom he hated with a passion and in one instance exclaimed: “I have never laughed so much as when I saw the grimaces those priests made as they died.” So many bodies were floating in the rivers of France that it became a health problem and drinking was prohibited.

Hundreds of prisoners were also lined up in fields and summarily shot by the National Guard; anti-revolutionaries – which sometimes numbered many hundreds – were mown down by fusillades and whole cities ransacked; children were clubbed, run through with sabres and shot en masse, a particular activity close to Carrier’s heart.

Perhaps no other city suffered as much as Nantes. It was almost entirely emptied of people who were then starved in its prisons, shot to death, guillotined and cut down in their homes on orders of Carrier and his minions. Special drains were installed in the Place de la Revolution in Paris to cope with the torrents of blood from the guillotine.

rob-carrier-murat

“True Believers” of the Reign of Terror: (left) Maximillien Marie Isidore de Robespierre (top right) Jean Paul Marat (bottom right) Jean-Baptiste Carrier

As various strains of anti-social pathologies take hold and subsequently elevated to positions of influence over ordinary men and women, large-scale psychological trauma and /or genocide on a macro-social scale is the inevitable result. Sophisticated ideals and morals are swiftly torn away and discarded like confetti, rapidly overtaken by the true purpose of a Revolution of this nature: political strategy thought up and carried out with psychopathic brutality. “The end justifies the means” is the mantra of the Elite Pathocrat where all is permitted for the cause of rending flesh from the the conscience of the normal psyche.

The parallels of pathology between the “Reign of Terror” and the “Red Terror” and even the evolution of the “War on Terror” appear to come from the same source. Just as Carrier enrolled companies of criminals or “mulattos”, the same dynamics were followed by Leninists troops as they were formed during the Communistic Terror in Hungary and by agent Trotsky who created terrorist troops as well as the Chinese gangs in Russia. Russian writer Alexsi Kuprin, questioned how it was possible that such a: “… bilious and dyspeptic chemist, anarchist, spy and plotter, whose speeches are full of such phrases as ‘roast on a slow fire’, ‘strangle’, ‘inundate with blood’, ‘cut off their heads’, should be seized by a blind fate and placed in the seat of power, instead of ending his days as a ‘sadist’ in a ward for violent lunatics?” [10]

In societies dominated by a rising tide of Pathocracy such people become valued political tools who find their natural place within the various tributaries of pathology, cloaking themselves in differing garbs of beliefs and ideals.

As writer George Rivers-Pitt states:

“Robespierre and Marat, like their ardent admirers, Lenin and AS at the present day, were animated by the same noble vision, not to relieve present distress and injustice by legislation, but only to annihilate all existing conditions, and “to exterminate all classes of the community except ‘the people’ over whom they hoped to rule supreme”. […] In their vision of the ‘New Birth of Society’, it is the blood of the Caesarean section they hope to practise on the expiring mother society, not the fate of the offspring which is their chief concern. […]Now that the terrorist period appears to have burned itself out to a very great extent in Russia, it is well that we should realise that it was an essential and deliberately designed phase of the Bolshevik plan, and that, as it was manifested with the same maniacal ferocity, wholesale butchery and bestiality, in Hungary, so would it be an inevitable prelude to any successful attempt to establish the same regime in any other European country. Mob licence and destruction would be encouraged and tolerated only as a means to preparing the way for the new dictators and for placing them in power.”  [11]

The vast upsurge of revolutionary ideas which led to the Great Terror needed anti-human individuals to facilitate a framework of control whereby such unbridled desires could be exercised against the populations without resistance and where sadism manifested across the whole psychopathic spectrum. This is essentially what systematic and organised atrocity means for those who perpetrate such deeds – a pleasure that matches sexual gratification. In the sacking and plunder of Toulouse in South-Western France, 19th century author of semi-fictional Cathar accounts Maurice Magre intuited such a contagion that stimulates and appeals to the lowest instincts in man and a natural state of psychopathy when the right conditions are in place:

“I had always believed that the affinity for theft and the desire for riches were at the roots of war. I realised that they were futile. The procession of women is the propelling force that pushes men to fight. The only thing the soldiers were talking about was the beautiful women they were going to take from the conquered cities … something akin to a sexual hallucination raged like a ghost in the back of everyone’s gaze.” [12]

The ceremonial psychopathy of Illuminism permitted such ponerological influences to emerge unhindered and driven towards a specific plan. The huge fire of anti-Catholic, anti-Christian feeling was lit and fanned by the members of the Illuminati in order to begin the eradication of religion itself. It was made more radical by the installment of the Revolutionary Calendar in the same year, perfectly in line with Illuminati designs. This resulted in a swift and systematic campaign drawn from a number of disparate groups which popped up from 1789 – 1801 until the signing of the Concordat which allowed some measure of civil status to return for Catholicism in France. It was a “Cult of Reason” that decimated not just Catholic institutions but any groups, Churches or organisations under the Christian faith; a veritable microcosm of Communist Russia. For example, a 1793 law made all non-juring priests and all persons who harboured them liable to death on sight. (Rather like those suspected of being Al-Qaeda can now be assassinated without any rights whatsoever).

Mémoires pour servir à l’histoire du Jacobinisme (Memoirs Illustrating the History of Jacobinism) a four volume book published by French Jesuit priest, Abbé Augustin Barruel, proved to be a vindication of Edmund Burke’s warnings. The book was published in French in 1797-78 and translated into English in 1799. Although considered as a founding document for a right-wing or conservative interpretation of the French Revolution, this only serves to undermine the central premise and narrow down the critique to a “left-right” discourse. There are facts at work here that transcend the superficial question of whether someone has a political axe to grind.

Augustin_Barruel

French polemicist Augustin Barruel (1741-1820)

Barruel outlined the Illuminist conspiracy to overthrow the monarchy, religion and aristocratic society in Europe, a plot that was “one continuous chain of cunning, art, and seduction” carried out by a conglomeration of philosophes, freemasons, and Illuminati members. Burke wrote to Barruel clearly impressed by the book, seeing it as a vindication of his own views: “I cannot easily express to you how much I am instructed and delighted by the first volume of your History of Jacobinism,” he wrote, mentioning: “… the most judicial regularity and exactness …” of his documents and source materials. Most interesting of all is Burkes admission that he knew: “… personally five of your principal conspirators; and I can undertake to say from my own certain knowledge, that as far back as the year 1773, they were busy in the plot you have so well described, and in the manner, and on the principle you have so truly represented. To this I can speak as a witness.” [13]

Burke was not a sensationalist but a pragmatic father of liberal conservatism. It is precisely because of his wisdom and perspicacity that he was able to see through the propaganda and manipulation of the “Philosophe sect” and lend his support to Barruel’s work in the face of a legion of detractors, most of whom were riding on the new paradigm of science, reason and its domination of Nature and mind.

Ten years later, in 1798, the Scottish scientist John Robison, published a treatise under the long winded title of: Proofs of a Conspiracy against All the Religions and Governments of Europe, carried on in the Secret Meetings of the Free Masons, Illuminati, and Reading Societies which confirmed much of the information in Barruel’s volumes. The author himself commented on in correspondence with Robison: “Without knowing it, we have fought for the same cause with the same arms, and pursued the same course.” [14] Though these men constructed their critiques on the same theses of belief this should not have overshadowed the facts. Anyone paying close attention would have to agree that history has proved these men quite correct.

Edmund Burke’s comments were extraordinarily accurate on the nature of Pathocracy once the doors had been opened. He had commented that the general disorder would make the army “mutinous and full of faction,” and then a “popular general,” commanding the soldiery’s allegiance, would become “master of your assembly, the master of your whole republic.” [15] After the execution of Robespierre, the Jacobins had outlived their usefulness as rent-a-mob for the sect and fell into rapid decline. By 1795, the Directory had control of the French state until 1799, which saw the rise of next the phase of theFrench Revolution this time under Napoleon, two years after Burke’s death.

David_napoleon

Napoleon Bonaparte pictured crossing the Alps on horseback. Public domain image of the First Consul crossing the Alps at the Col du Grand St. Bernard in 1801 by artist Jacques-Louis David

The question as to whether Napoleon Bonaparte was a freemason has never been answered. In one sense, the disdain for organised religion, monarchy, aristocracy, the introduction of legal reform and the abolition of serfdom fits into the designs of Illuminism. The unimaginable changes that this one individual brought to Europe and eventually the world, in such a rapid time frame would probably have made many a French Illuminist and freemason proud. Whilst seeing it as an opportunity for his own political ambitions, he had been a supporter of the Revolution since it was obvious that corruption and elitism was eating France alive.  Extremely aware of the volatile and darker forces at work he had kept his down, avoided too much attention and bided his time.

Napoleon was highly intelligent with a philosopher’s mind entirely in keeping with the Age of Reason and Enlightenment principles. Indeed, it could be said that he personified the mentality, brute force, and the simultaneous bringer of New life, death and destruction that rationalism wrought on the collective mind. A gifted soldier and tactician first and foremost, he was unlike the Illuminists in respect to his code of honour which was as unimpeachable as his belief in the State. The use of terror tactics was an anathema to Napoleon and while his ruthlessness in war is undeniable, war crimes of rape, pillage and unnecessary death he studiously avoided, having men shot who flouted those principles. Despite certain historians with axes to grind portraying the man as a monster, he was no such thing. Certainly, he presided over hundreds of thousands of deaths on his quest for a New Napoleonic Order, but he was a soldier through and through – a warrior you might say.

Napoleon_on_the_Capitol

Bas-relief of Napoleon I in the chamber of the United States House of Repres,Center>entatives (wikipedia)

He was perhaps too much his own man and as such, pride was his downfall. One thing that authoritarian leaders have is a large – if not gargantuan – ego. It is for this reason that it is unlikely that Napoleon was anybody’s secret strategist, since he believed the power which imbued his actions came from a Divine source, even though he had little time for religious theology which grated on his scientific mind. In one of Napoleon’s own writings his final couplet reads: “God helps those who helps himself. I approve of that idea myself.” This is a good summary of the practical, independent nature of his own spirituality. Ever open to arrange events and opportunities like pieces on a chess board for multiple future “check-mates” it is therefore, more likely that Napoleon  placated and used freemasonry and Illuminism for his own ends. Or as an American freemason suggested in a lodge newsletter: “The only matter of certainty is that he countenanced the institution [of freemasonry] and astutely made it subserve his own purposes”. [16]

Andrew Robert’s comprehensive and fascinating biography of Napoleon only mentions freemasonry once. At almost 900 pages, and with access to over 30,000 personal letters of Napoleon’s at the author’s disposal, one would have imagined he would have gleaned some minor indications of a freemasonic/Illuminist influence in his plans – but none were apparent. What Robert’s does show is that freemasons “tended to be supporters of his modernization programmes – especially in Italy.” He described but one meeting on December 2nd, 1797 with Napoleon as a guest of honour at a masonic lodge in Nancy as he was on his way to Paris. [17]

Weishaupt’s Order of the Illuminati, its infiltration of freemasonry and its fuelling of the Enlightenment was well-known in the New American Republic. Head of freemasonry in the fledging nation, President George Washington was more than satisfied that “the doctrines of the Illuminati and the principles of Jacobinism” had: “spread in the United States.” Nonetheless, he was rightly convinced that original freemasonry was not at fault, rather that it was the result of individuals insinuating themselves into the lodges with their: “diabolical tenets” and “pernicious principles” and were thus: “too evident to be questioned.” [18]

476px-George_Washington,_freemason_02796u_original

“Washington as a freemason. A full-length portrait of George Washington, standing, facing slightly right, in masonic attire, holding scroll and trowel.” (wikipedia)

Thomas Jefferson took an entirely different view. So much so, that that it was he who had acted as conduit for the Illuminati to enter the newly organized lodges of the “Scottish Rite” in New England. Jefferson defended Weishaupt saying:

“As Weishaupt lived under the tyranny of a despot and priests, he knew that caution was necessary even in spreading information, and the principles of pure morality. This has given an air of mystery to his views, was the foundation of his banishment … If Weishaupt had written here, where no secrecy is necessary in our endeavors to render men wise and virtuous, he would not have thought of any secret machinery for that purpose.” [19]

Indeed, it is now difficult to know when benign freemasonry begins and Illuminism ends when the very foundation of the US constitution and political system was steeped in masonic rites.

Author David Livingston describes George Washington’s Dedication of the United States Capitol in September 18, 1793:

“Dressed in Masonic apron, the president placed a silver plate on the cornerstone and covered it with the Masonic symbols of corn, oil and wine. The plan of the city of Washington DC itself was designed by Freemason and architect Pierre Charles L’Enfante in the form of a pentagram, or five-pointed star. In 1848, in a Masonic ceremony, the cornerstone was laid of the Washington Monument, an obelisk or pillar, like those formerly dedicated to the dying gods of ancient Middle East. And, every president of the United States since Independence has purportedly been a 33rd degree Freemason.” [20]

What were freemasons to do when the nature of the pathogen was so embedded within the whole fraternity and with secrecy and psychological espionage as its by-word? The seeds of the downfall of “benevolent” freemasonry were always present within its structure. With such an ancient fraternity, its networks in every conceivable corner of the developed world and centred in all the Establishment outposts of law and governance, it was the perfect platform from which to attack society from within, or as President of the University of Yale Timothy Dwight observed, thereby introducing: “the ultimate objects of their union, … the overthrow of religion, government, and human society civil and domestic.” [21]

Another American President, John Quincy Adams offered this logical appraisal of the Illuminati and how such a perversion of its already questionable principles was always waiting to happen:

“… the society of Masons have discovered a science of government, or art of ruling society, peculiar to themselves, and unknown to all the other legislators and philosophers of the world; I mean not only the skill to know each other by marks or signs that no other persons can divine but the wonderful power of enabling and compelling all men, and I suppose all women, at all hours, to keep a secret. If this art can be applied, to set aside the ordinary maxims of society, and introduce politics and disobedience to government, and still keep the secret, it must be obvious that such science and such societies may be perverted to all the ill purposes which have been suspected …” [22]

Though these great men knew of the threat they had no solutions for countering it. As George Washington said, “truth or falsehood is immaterial to them, provided their objects are promoted,” and it is the same Hegelian tactic which cultivates friends and enemies alike in order to divide and conquer and thereby rule, just as it was then and as it remains today. [23] With the death of Washington in 1799 another great mind to counter the rot was lost and the suspicion of Illuminist infiltration slowly disappeared from view as the decades rolled away.

Weishaupt died in 1830 just as the Grand wave of Zionism and Communism was about to come crashing down on an unsuspecting world still reeling from the “romance” of the Revolution. The march to a World Revolution was very much still in the minds of the Elect.

A constant reiteration throughout series is the psychopaths’ code for doing “what thou wilt” by any means to satisfy the natural will of the archetypal Predator. The French revolutionary, writer and diplomat Comte de Mirabeau best summed up the keynote of this primal philosophy which has been handed down through history: “What matter the means as long as one arrives at the end?” – the ends justify the means. It was a belief that lies in the kernel of Illuminism and their antecedents and which has been used to justify all manner of horrors under the banner of civilised progress.[24]

Disempowerment of ordinary human beings is the key principle of any oligarchy or elite mind-set. As we will explore in subsequent posts, the Rockefeller’s “green” and GMO-based “revolutions,” the farmers and the poor become trapped in a spiral of costs which have negative consequences for both communities and their environment. They have been induced to believe the proffered pots of gold of agribusiness, having believed the multi-million dollar sales and marketing pitches. Similarly, we can see that the Reign of Terror was not directed against the aristocrats, many of whom were of the same mind-set and quite sympathetic to revolutionary goals. Part of the true objectives of the Elite was to unseat and disenfranchise the power base of the peasantry: the small farmers who refused to turn over their grain to the revolutionary tribunals in exchange for assignats. The independent farmer is a great threat to the global governance and World State ideologues because his own produce means personal capital, which gives him independence. Independent farmers and their communities thus present an impediment for World Revolution. Control of food is also power.

At first, the Bolsheviks in Soviet Russia were convinced they had the beginnings of a World Revolution on their hands but were thwarted by the resistance of enclaves of independent farmers exploding the myth that such a form of control truly was for the worker or Proletariat. In fact, just as it was during the Reign of Terror, the Communist Party iconography of the tireless worker and devoted peasantry were systematically murdered and enslaved. The exact same patterns can be seen via latter-day corporatists and descendants of the “Age of Reason” who seek to crush the small farmers from India to America in order to wrest the reins of food management, distribution and production towards fully automated, genetically-modified, lab-based food. Consequently, a handful of conglomerates straddle agribusiness and biotech industries. This is what the Rockefeller controlled agricultural programs throughout Mexico and Latin America are really about.

All societal domains have been tainted with a familiar ideology which harks back to the tenets of Illuminist thinking, and the global occult body behind it. Signs of this anti-human perception of reality can be found in the Liberal Establishment’s  United Nations, government agencies, environmental activists and transhumanist thought, while American WASP and Euro-Synarchists’s cartel-capitalism and its debt-slavery is spread over the world care of the Structural Adjustment Team.

These two primary streams are converging to form another technological revolution in the guise of an emerging SMART society. For the Illuminists’ Age of Reason and Enlightenment visions, could they have imagined a better mnemonic acronym for their extraordinary success?

 


* I have to confess a personal interest in Edmund Burke since he is an ancestor of mine. He was an example of that thoroughly rare animal: the politician with scruples, integrity and conscience; an advocate of “human-heart” based conservatism who remained a believer of the State yes, but striving to retain a genuine benevolence in a period of immense social turmoil. Winston Churchill wrote this about him:

“On the one hand Burke is revealed as a foremost apostle of Liberty, on the other as the redoubtable champion of Authority. But a charge of political inconsistency applied to this life appears a mean and petty thing. History easily discerns the reasons and forces which actuated him, and the immense changes in the problems he was facing which evoked from the same profound mind and sincere spirit these entirely contrary manifestations. His soul revolted against tyranny, whether it appeared in the aspect of a domineering Monarch and a corrupt Court and Parliamentary system, or whether, mouthing the watch-words of a non-existent liberty, it towered up against him in the dictation of a brutal mob and wicked sect. No one can read the Burke of Liberty and the Burke of Authority without feeling that here was the same man pursuing the same ends, seeking the same ideals of society and Government, and defending them from assaults, now from one extreme, now from the other.”

 


Notes

[1] Reflections on the Revolution in France by Edmund Burke online PDF version: socserv2.mcmaster.ca/~econ/ugcm/3ll3/burke/revfrance.pdf
[2] Ibid. (p.8)
[3] ‘Terror in the French Revolution’ by Marisa Linton, Kingston University | http://www.port.ac.uk/special/…/filetodownload,20545,en.pdf
[4] Ibid.
[5] Ibid.
[6] Ibid.
[7] Extract from a law introduced by the Committee for Public Safety, 17th September 1793.
[8] Execution Records, 1793.www.ancestry.co.uk
[9] ‘Two Revolutions’ By Steve Bonta, The New American, October 12, 1998.
[10] The World Significance of the Russian Revolution by George Pitt-Rivers, Sacred Truth Publishing, With Perface by Oscar Levy, 1920, New Edition 2006.
[11] Ibid.
[12] The Blood of Toulouse by Maurice Magre, translated from French by James Bourne.
[13] Edmund Burke to Abbé Barruel, May 1, 1797, in Thomas W. Copeland, ed., The Correspondence of Edmund Burke, 10 Vols. (Chicago and Cambridge, 1958–1978), 9: 319–320.
[14] p.114; Enemies of the Enlightenment and the Making of Modernity by Darrin M. McMahon, New York: Oxford University Press, 2001 | ISBN 978-0-19-513685-2
[15] op.cit Burke; Reflections.
[16] Ars Quatuor Coronatorum vol. viii (1895). ed. G. W. Speth. Margate: Lodge Quatuor Coronati, No. 2078, London. pp. 188-89.
[17] Roberts, Andrew, Napoleon the Great (2014) (Kindle edition ref: location 3181) published by Allen Lane.
[18] George Washington, shortly before he died, read John Robison’s book Proofs of a Conspiracy and immediately expressed his belief to the preacher who had sent it to him, that the designs of the Illuminati were infecting our country. Letter to Reverend G. W. Snyder, Writings of George Washington, (p 518-519).
[19] p. 134; Livingston, David,Terrorism & the Illuminati: A Three-Thousand-Year History Published by Progressive Press, 2011 | ISBN-10: 1615773061
[20] Ibid.
[21] Yale Professor and President of the University of Yale Timothy Dwight The American Mind: selections from the literature of the United States, p. 220. 1798.
[22] op. cit. Reed (p.138)
[23] The Writings of George Washington, vol. 33. August 26, 1794.
[24] Honre-Gabriel Riquetti, Comte de Mirabeau, ‘The Great Terror’ Paris, 1789.

World Revolution II: The Hive

“The human race will then become one family, and the world will be the dwelling of Rational Men.
.
– Adam Weishaupt
*

Continuing our look into the roots of the conspiracy coat-hanger of occult naughtiness: the Illuminati.

bee_on_honeycomb-1969pxIn the Weishaupt papers was a diagram which gives a fascinating insight into the megalomania of the professor and the structure of the Order, where emphasis is placed on the bee hive’s honeycomb system of organisation and it’s potential for secrecy and subterfuge, the same system upon which Communism and subsequent intelligence cells would operate. The fascination with bee symbolism was in evidence not only in freemasonry but in Royalty and in many ancient mystery cults. Once symbolising the ethics of cooperation, industriousness and mutual assistance the bee hive became the perfect representation of the Illuminati methods of concealment, the efficacy of the Hive Mind and group consciousness, this time working with materialist, scientific precision.

What is made clear in the papers is the perfection of such a template for espionage. If one hexagonal unit is discovered it can be temporarily lost or easily repaired without affecting the operations of the whole. At the centre of the diagram lies Weishaupt and written above in his own hand: “I have two immediately below me into whom I breathe my whole spirit, and each of these two has again two others, and so on. In this way I can set a thousand men in motion and on fire in the simplest manner, and in this way one must impart orders and operate on politics”. [1]

In 1777 Bavaria and Greater Germany had been host to a spread of Illuminism like fire in a corn-field. By then, France, Italy, Austria, Poland England and even America had succumbed to their influence:

In the third year of operation Weishaupt boasts to Zwack that they have more than a thousand initiates. … Knigge recruits an additional 500 … – mostly masons – very shortly after his initiation in 1780; and by the third edict against the Order the Illuminati were estimated to have between 2000 and 3000 members. [VS] John Robison compiles an interesting statistic concerning the different lodges and locations: Munich, Hesse (many), Ingolstadt, Buchenwerter, Frankfurt, Monpeliard, Eichstatt, Stuttgart (3), Hanover, Carlsruhe, Brunswick, Anspach, Calbe, Neuwied (2), Magdeburg, Mentz (2), Cassel, Poland (many), Osnabrueck, Turin, Weimar, England (8), Upper Saxony (several), Scotland (2), Austria (14), Warsaw (2), Westphalia (several), Deuxponts, Heidelberg, Cousel, Mannheim, Treves (2), Strasburg (5), Aix-la-Chappelle (2), Spire, Bartschied, Worms, Bahrenberg, Düsseldorf, Switzerland (many), Rome, Cologne, Naples, Hannibal, Bonn (4), Livonia (many), Ancona, Courland (many), Florence, Franken Dahl, France, Alsace (many), Holland (many), Vienna (4), Dresden (4), America (several). [4]

The extent of Weishaupt and the Illuminati’s reach can be seen in the governing principles and a detailed administrative plan comprising of Regents, Local Superiors, Provincials and National Directors. It was Weishaupt’s will that a National Director should reside in every country so that they may be: “… in direct communication with our Fathers, the first of whom holds the helm of the Order.” [5] (See below).

The documents show only a part of the area over which the Illuminati had spread, it is therefore reasonable to assume that Weishaupt was answerable to a director above him, another segment in the larger hive. Though judging by the ad hoc nature of Weishaupt’s feverish attempt to create the higher degrees, it seems the organisation may have taken on a momentum regardless. As we have seen, construction of the Order allowed for accidental detection which would damage only the segment in question without affecting the security of the whole. Thus, if there were higher directorates above Weishaupt which seems likely, then they were never discovered.

weishaupt

Professor Adam Weishaupt

I. The Nursery

  • 1. Preparatory Literary Essay
  • 2. Novitiate (Novice)
  • 3. Minerval (Brethren of Minerva, Academy of Illuminism)
  • 4. Illuminatus Minor

II. Symbolic Freemasonry

  • 1. Apprentice
  • 2. Fellow Craft
  • 3. Master
  • 4.  a. Scots Major Illuminatus | b. Scots Illuminatus Dirigens (Directory)

III. Mysteries

  • 1. Lesser
  • a. Presbyter, Priest, or Epopt  |  b. Prince or Regent
  • 2. Greater
  • a. Magus | b. Rex or King [6]

The aims, methods and organisation of the Order were all explained in the papers. It seems he preferred the label of “Illuminati” for his new network because of the “image of the sun radiating illumination to outer circles.” This was due to his desire for the Order to be updated into a cult of fire worship and: “… the whole philosophy of Zoroaster or of the old Parsees.” [7] Henceforth, the Order was always represented in correspondence between members as a circle with a dot in the centre, reflecting Weishaupt’s fascination with Eleusinian and Pythagorean Mysteries. [8]

What was clear from the correspondence between “Spartacus” and his brethren was that the established authority, nationhood and religion, must all be removed by all and any means necessary in order to make the way clear for a neo-feudal class of Elite citizens or “illuminates” who would then guide the world into a New Order or Golden era. Weishaupt states: “Princes and nations will disappear … Reason will be the only code of man”.

The elimination of nationhood and the Church was of primary importance to the Illuminati just as it is to so many globalist think-tanks and (not so) secret societies today. The channel by which Weishaupt was able to garner so much support was through his Machiavellian tactic of good intentions and the appearance of “progressive” ideas, a manoeuvre used to great effect today through the auspices of seemingly benign groups and individuals on the liberal-left who often act as a back-door of more oppressive policies. [9] Indeed, examples of Conservative and Neo-Conservative beliefs in numerous lobbying and think-tank outfits are obvious in their bullish, Leninist force, such as PNAC, National Endowment for Democracy, American Enterprise Institute etc.  But the more internationalist or liberal-left luminaries such as Amy Goodman, Juan Cole, Noam Chomsky or the late Howard Zinn act as effective gate-keepers of these beliefs – probably unconscious – which can often provide cover for strategies which have nothing to do with the betterment of humankind, socialist or otherwise. Just look at the ingredients put together to produce the Obamamania marketing …

(An example of this is an irrational dismissal of unanswered questions surrounding the events of September 11th World Trade Centre and Pentagon attacks. Zinn and Chomsky both refused to engage on one of the most obvious and ambitious false flag operations of modern times, preferring to believe in the official conspiracy theory that any high school student could see is woefully inadequate).

Methods of subversion were visited upon the Church in trail-blazing fashion. Weishaupt ensured the employment of methods to swell the numbers of clergy entering the lower ranks of the Illuminati, thus giving the impression of support for the Church. One of these methods was to make up the idea of “a secret doctrine” which Jesus had incorporated in the Gospels and which could be discerned by those who had sufficient perception. The idea was that the New Religion of science and reason would sit side by side with a New World Religion based around Nature and summarily replace Christianity: “… when at last Reason becomes the religion of man so will the problem be solved”. Francis Bacon couldn’t have said it better. In private the Illuminists were having a grand old time.

Before his falling out with Weishaupt, Baron von Knigge as “Philo” wrote:

Knigge_Freiherr

Adolph Franz Friedrich Ludwid Baron Von Knigge (1752 – 1796) Member of the Illuminati (wikipedia)

“We say then, Jesus wished to introduce no new religion, but only to restore natural religion and reason to their old rights … There are many passages in the Bible which can be made use of and explained, and so all quarrelling between the sects ceases if one can find a reasonable meaning in the teaching of Jesus, be it true or not … Now therefore that people see that we are the only real and true Christians, we can say a word more against priests and princes, but I have so managed that after previous tests I can receive pontiffs and kings in this degree. In the higher Mysteries we must then (a) disclose the pious fraud and (b) reveal from all writings the origin of all religious lies and their connexion…”

Spartacus: “You cannot imagine what sensation our Priest’s degree is arousing. The most wonderful thing is that great Protestant and reformed theologians who belong to Illuminism still believe that the religious teaching imparted in it contains the true and genuine spirit of the Christian religion. Oh, man, of what cannot you be persuaded! I never thought that I should become the founder of a new religion”. [10]

The God of Reason and the God of Nature was not only ideologically close to the precepts of radical materialism (Satanism) combined with a fusion of Judaic ideology over Marxist planning. The dismantling of organised, Christian religion was an essential part of that process just as it would be under Stalinism. Weishaupt was Jewish and these teachings were the illuminist creed. Does that mean the much loathed cliche of a Jewish conspiracy is true? There is no evidence that a high proportion of the Illuminati were Jewish or that the overriding goal was the imposition of a strictly Judaic form of occult subversion. What it does show that once again psychopaths and their sub-deviants used Judaism and some Jews as a very early as a tool for manipulation, as discussed. The Babylonian Kabbalah is an integral part of Jewish mysticism and freemasonic lore, so, it is not surprising that alternative offshoots like Illuminism had at their helm a Jew, since in the beginning standard freemasonry did not allow Jews into the order, except that is in the 19th Century with the emergence of the Order Of Zion.

To reiterate, the Bavarian Illuminati were like a masonic-terrorist group which disdained both religious and esoteric explorations. In Weishaupt’s Illuminism – perhaps oddly for some – there was no room at all for other forms of occultism, spiritualism, alchemy and any forms of “magic” suspicious as he was of Jesuit infiltration. Yet a mix of ancient Egyptian gods and goddesses Eleusis, fire worship, Zoroastrianism and Pythagorean thought he certainly favoured.

Progressing through the ranks of the Illuminati was akin to a process of mind control and brainwashing. Attaining wisdom or understanding didn’t feature, rather it was to be “remade into a totally loyal servant of a universal mission” and dare we say …”agent of change” on along revolutionary lines.[11] It was inferred that the novice would be under constant surveillance from his unknown superiors and was taught to inform on everyone around him, the logical conclusion being that his fellow Illuminists would be informing on him too. In this way trust was eroded in all things except the hierarchy of the Order. Terror was the teaching and application. In the end, he could trust no one. (Little wonder that such a template was introduced into the Russian Revolution to produce Stalinist Communism).

Everything possible was known about new recruits in order that they be “remade” and fixed to the path allotted to them without deviation. Blackmail, psychological warfare and exploitation featured heavily in Illuminist goals. Discovered with the papers were separate but related documents describing a variety of procedures, postulates, ideas and inventions, reading like a spy vs. spy rule-book. For the public of the day it was nothing less than macabre. This included the right to murder its own members if necessary; the description of a machine for the automatic destruction of secret papers; prescriptions for inducing abortion, the creation of poisonous perfumes, counterfeit seals and tracts in praise of atheism.[12]

The target to infiltrate and take over the Grand Orient Freemasonry was described in the Weishaupt papers in sufficient detail. He wrote: “I have succeeded in obtaining a profound glimpse into the secrets of the Freemasons; I know their whole aim and shall impart it all at the right time in one of the higher degrees”. With an almost gleeful rubbing of the hands Weishaupt instructs his Illuminist agents to “cover” themselves with Freemasonic principles the forerunner to being “undercover” as used in later communist espionage and counter-espionage activities. It remained the key principle of the Illuminati appropriation of freemasonry.

The director continued:

“If only the aim is achieved, it does not matter under what cover it takes place; and a cover is always necessary. For in concealment lies a great part of our strength. For this reason we must always cover ourselves with the name of another society. The lodges that are under Freemasonry are in the meantime the most suitable cloak for our high purpose . . . a society concealed in this manner cannot be worked against. . . In case of a prosecution or of treason the superiors cannot be discovered. . . We shall be shrouded in impenetrable darkness from spies and emissaries of other societies”. [13]

Prince Karl of the Royal House of Hesse and his membership of the Illuminati provided vital channels through which the Illuminati could flow, including the twin duchies and Office of Regent of Schleswig-Holstein and further links to the Danish court via his wife the Princess of Denmark, Mary Hanover and the King of Denmark and Frederik V Oldenburg. His associates were found in the British East India Co. and also included Mayer Amschel Rothschild and his son Nathan Mayer Rothschild. The House of Hesse would go from strength to strength harbouring Illuminati principles well into the future.

An even greater coup came from Ferdinand, Duke of Brunswick, and freemasonry’s Grand Master of the Order of Strict Observance, who had joined the Illuminati after he had convened the most important Congress of the 18th Century. He was to realise his mistake over ten years later in that he had unwittingly unleashed a pathogen within the ranks of freemasonry. In 1794 he expressed his shock and sadness at being duped by instigators of the French Revolution and the need to “cut out to the roots the abuse and error” which he had allowed to infect the Order. A momentous decision to dissolve the most powerful body within Freemasonry would commence:

Historisch-genealogischer-Kalender-Berlin_MG_9033.tif

Duke Ferdinand of Brunswick-Wolfenbüttel

“…. We see our edifice crumbling and covering the ground with ruins; we see destruction that our hands no longer arrest… A great sect arose, which taking for its motto the good and the happiness of man, worked in the darkness of the conspiracy to make the happiness of humanity a prey for itself. This sect is known to everyone; its brothers are known no less than its name. It is they who have undermined the foundations of the Order to the point of complete overthrow; it is by them that all humanity has been poisoned and led astray for several generations … They began by casting odium on religion … the plan they had formed for breaking all social ties and destroying all order was revealed in all their speeches and acts … they recruited apprentices of every rank and in every position; they deluded the most perspicacious men by falsely alleging different intentions … Their masters had nothing less in view than the thrones of the earth, and the government of the nations was to be directed by their nocturnal clubs. This is what has been done and is still being done. But we notice that princes and people are unaware how and by what means this is being accomplished. That is why we say to them in all frankness: the misuse of our Order … has produced all the political and moral troubles with which the world is filled today. You who have been initiated, you must join yourselves with us in raising your voices, so as to teach peoples and princes that the sectarians, the apostates of our Order, have alone been and will be the authors of present and future revolutions … So as to cut out to the roots the abuse and error, we must from this moment dissolve the whole Order…” [14]

Meantime, the events which led up to this point had seen the creation of Jacobin clubs by Illuminist agents who were the driving force of cruel executions and various atrocities which came to be known by the generic title of the “Great Terror”. There seems little doubt that the Illuminati was at the root of the French Revolution and the destruction that followed. This was known well before the fire of “revolution” raged out of control.

In 1789 the journalist and essayist Marquis Jean-Pierre de Luchet published his Essai sur la secte des Illuminés, denouncing the leaders of the Bavarian Illuminati, their control of freemasonry in Europe and in particular his native home of France. His predictions were perhaps one of the most accurate appraisals of the events that were to follow:

“Learn that there exists a conspiracy in favour of despotism against liberty, of in capacity against talent; of vice against virtue, of ignorance against enlightenment … This society aims at governing the world … Its object is universal domination … No such calamity has ever yet afflicted the world …” […] “Deluded people. You must understand that there exists a conspiracy in favor of despotism, and against liberty, of incapacity against talent, of vice against virtue, or ignorance against light! … Every species of error which afflicts the earth, every half-baked idea, every invention serves to fit the doctrines of the Illuminati … The aim is universal domination.”  [15]

The actions of Comte de Mirabeau, a close associate and confidante of Weishaupt,  provided compelling evidence that the French Revolution was planned and initiated by Illuminati mind control and Jacobean muscle. This was no natural uprising of a disgruntled peasantry and exploited workers – that was largely a romantic myth. Mirabeau’s philosophy of secular upheaval and universal revolution were enlisted for the Illuminist cause and proved to be extremely effective.

As an “outstanding orator” in the National Assembly who used “evocative language” to popularise Illuminist concepts, he was able to swell membership and indoctrinate many high level power-brokers in Paris. He was a member of the Jacobin Club and had a directorial hand in the encouragement of the horrors themselves. It was no coincidence that the incendiary language he used included the invention of phrases which passed into bloody history such as “revolutionary,” “counter-revolution”,  “counter-revolutionary and “The Great Revolution.” [16]

Honoré-Gabriel_Riqueti,_marquis_de_Mirabeau

Honoré Gabriel Riqueti, comte de Mirabeau

Mirabeau used the Illuminati’s embryonic techniques of propaganda and emotional trigger words, the equivalent of what is now known as psychological training in perception management, Neuro-Linguistic Programming (NLP) and other forms of mind manipulation now used so extensively by the Establishment. Essentially, Mirabeau was a powerful spellbinder. You might say that he was an earlier incarnation of that much loathed figure and ultra-hypocrite Tony Blair whose oratory and persuasive appeals to the emotions managed to sway the more gullible members of parliament and public alike, regardless of the facts.

As is often the case with such people, the Count had been plagued by financial irregularities and spells in prison and had even worked as a secret agent long before he met Weishaupt. [17] His travels in Germany and fascination for the Prussian monarchy as well his own, culminated in his treatise: De la monarchie prussienne sous Frédéric le Grand (1788)  written with assistance of a Brunswick friend, Jakob Mauvillon.

In it Weishaupt and the Illuminati are mentioned by name:

“The Lodge Theodore de Bon Conseil at Munich, where there were a few men with brains and hearts, was tired of being tossed about by the vain promises and quarrels of Masonry. The heads resolved to graft on to their branch another secret association to which they gave the name of the Order of the Illuminés. They modelled it on the Society of Jesus, whilst proposing to themselves views diametrically opposed.” [18]

Drawing our attention to the fact that the above methods penned by Mirabeau matched perfectly with Weishaupt’s own correspondence, author and journalist Douglas Reed details a convergence of proof which suggests that had both been working together to unseat freemasonry and inaugurate a New Revolutionary Order, at least at the time of his writing in 1776, well over a decade before the revolution.

Reed explains:

“… his words suggest that the secret society of the Illuminati was founded with the express intention of gaining control of Freemasonry and of instigating and directing revolution through it. That Mirabeau was party to the whole undertaking from the start is suggested by the fact that the memoir of 1776 (the year in which the Illuminati were founded) ascribes to him the Illuminist “cover-name” of Arcesilas, so that he must have been a founder member, with Adam Weishaupt, and a leading Illuminate thereafter. Mirabeau, as the link between Weishaupt and the French Revolution, cannot be ignored. The editor of his Memoirs, M. Barthou, remarks that the “plan of reform” of 1776, found among Mirabeau’s papers, “resembles very much in certain parts the work accomplished later by the Constituent Assembly” (the revolutionary parliament of 1789). That is another way of saying that the work of the Constituent Assembly very much resembled Adam Weishaupt’s plan of 1776, when he and Mirabeau together were founding the Illuminati and planning together to gain control of Freemasonry.” [19]

It is highly probable that Weishaupt merely picked up the baton of occult belief circulating at the time and reinvented it according to his own pathologically narcissistic designs. As to whether he had “orders” from a group of Rosicrucian superiors remains probable, the House of Rothschild offered up as probable suspects by many authors. [20]Once freemasonry was co-opted with their enormous influence within the Establishment then it was only a matter of time before culture itself helped to sweep away the footprints of the Illuminati.

Though formed as a reaction against the Age of Enlightenment and the onset of the Industrial Revolution, the Romantic Movement was greatly influenced by the French Revolution. Poets such as Shelly, Byron, Coleridge and Wordsworth all latched onto the ideals of “Liberty, Equality, and Fraternity” while choosing to ignore the Reign of Terror that followed in its wake. Come what may, this was to be an icon of a new dawn for those exploited workers who had suffered for so long. In the words of 19th Century historian Albert E. Hancock: “… the promise of a brighter day, the promise of regenerated man and regenerated earth. It was hailed with joy and acclamation by the oppressed, by the ardent lovers of humanity, by the poets, whose task it is to voice the human spirit.” [21]

This yearning to be free from the shackles of the psychopaths was a natural enough expression but it served to whitewash over the truth once again.

 


Notes

[1] Adam Weishaupt: A Human Devil by Gerald B. Winrod, Editor of The Defender Wichita, Kansas, 1935, Second Prim in j. Fourth Thousand.
[2] op. cit. Melanson. [Zoroastrianism: founded by the Prophet Zoroaster in ancient Iran approximately 3500 years ago and is seen as the first monotheistic religion. “Zoroaster was thus the first to teach the doctrines of an individual judgment, Heaven and Hell, the future resurrection of the body, the general Last Judgment, and life everlasting for the reunited soul and body. These doctrines were to become familiar articles of faith to much of mankind, through borrowings by Judaism, Christianity and Islam; yet it is in Zoroastrianism itself that they have their fullest logical coherence….” Mary Boyce, Zoroastrians: Their Religious Beliefs and Practices (London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1979 p.29]
[3] pp.94-95; Fire In the Minds of Men: Origins of the Revolutionary Faith, by James H. Billington, 1980 | ‘Illuminati Conspiracy Part One: Exegesis on the Available Evidence’ by Terry Melanson, Aug. 5th, 2005.
[4] Ibid.
[5] op. cit. Barruel (p.565)
[6] ‘Illuminati Conspiracy Part One: A Precise Exegesis on the Available Evidence’ by Terry Melanson, Aug. 5th, 2005.
[7] Ibid.
[8] Ibid.
[9 op. cit. Webster (p.217)
[10] op. cit. Webster (p.219)
[11] Op. cit. Billington; (p.94)
[12] http://www.bavarian-illuminati.info
[13] Op. cit. Webster (p.219)
[14] op. cit. Reed (p.138)
[15] Essai sur la secte des Illuminés, Paris, 1789. By Jean Pierre Louis de, Marquis de Luchet.
[16] op. cit. Billington (pp.17-20)
[17] ‘Honoré-Gabriel Riqueti, comte de Mirabeau’ Encyclopaedia Britannica.
[18] De la monarchie prussienne sous Frédéric le Grand (1788) “The Prussian Monarchy Under Frederick the Great” by Honoré-Gabriel Riqueti, comte de Mirabeau.
[19] Op. cit. Reed (p.148)
[20] Some believe that Weishaupt was commissioned by the Rothschilds to update the mystery schools and inject new energy into the ancient goals of global conquest. No concrete evidence has as yet, been forthcoming. See: Terrorism and the Illuminati By David Livingston; Bloodlines of the Illuminati by Fritz Springmeier; The Rothschilds: The Financial Rulers of Nations by John Reeves; Illuminati: Fact or Fiction by Mark Dice and The Rise of the House of Rothschild By Egon Caesar Corti.
[21] p.7, 45-79; The French Revolution and the English Poets: A Study in Historical Criticism. New York: Henry Holt and Company, 1899.

 

World Revolution I

By M.K. Styllinski

 “Do you realize sufficiently what it means to rule – to rule in a secret society? Not only over the lesser or more important of the populace, but over the best of men, over men of all ranks, nations, and religions, to rule without external force, to unite them indissolubly, to breathe one spirit and soul into them, men distributed over all parts of the world? … And finally, do you know what secret societies are? What a place they occupy in the great kingdom of the world’s events? Do you think they are unimportant, transitory appearances?”

Adam Weishaupt, Nachtrag von weitern Originalschriften, II


cultofoccult_cover_cultofoccultOccult games of the Elite. (Yawn).

It is almost impossible to do justice to such an immense spider’s web of control; these interrelated connections that seek to herd the global population into their pre-designed pens of cultural mediocrity and spiritual stasis. I may not reach a comprehensive overview, but I hope to synthesise a few topics to give at least an accessible snapshot of the psychopath’s footprints in the snow, as he happily trudges across the ever-freezing landscape of our collective conscience.

In terms of ponerology and its patterns, it is hoped that from the background given in previous posts we can begin to see things from the perspective of the psychopaths who persistently seek positions of influence at the micro and macro-social levels. The creation of beliefs, ideologies and religions can be seen in this light, paired down to the essential principle: a predator species within the human family which strives to find ever more ingenious ways to corral those with the potential for an active conscience and creativity. Or in spiritual terms: the capacity to develop their higher centres – possibly quite absent in the psychopath. Their world is subjectivity, entropy, exclusive desire and domination at any cost. If we can begin to see this complex dynamics of social chaos through the lens of ponerology (the scientific study of the nature of evil within institutions of power) then we will be well placed to absorb the implications of what follows.

The by-product of these individuals who presume to rule over us is an Official Culture of environmental destruction, continual cycles of economic disparity and the wars and debt slavery needed to keep a wholly iniquitous global financial architecture in place. Some of these individuals are conscious only of their rapacious desires to trap and feed, others are wholly aware of their place in the scheme of things; that they are a different minority and have set about ensuring plans for perpetual dominance. To that end, an overarching and compartmentalised conspiracy of social engineering does exist which needs only the slightest tweak here and there, since our culture runs on social norms which are anything but. Rather than a plan of one racial grouping, culture or belief system it is a conspiracy of the psychopath and his lesser nodes of pathological influence at work that is behind most of the seemingly intractable problems currently facing our world.

The dynamic of divide and rule operates at almost every level of society taking advantage of our fragile egos. Official Culture makes us emotional machines constantly shoring up our insecurities about our place in society and whether or not we fit into our peer group and its herd instinct. We can see this conformity at the local pub or in the hallowed halls of academia. (Who needs a conspiracy when self censorship rules?) For all our intellectual prowess we are still in the sand-pit when it comes to discerning how easily our emotions can be played time and time again like an atonal concertina.

permanent-revolution

 Revolution of the people or the subversion of genuine discontent? | © infrakshun

Members of our Global Establishment who take such a keen interest in our predictable behaviours fall into three distinct groupings which necessarily over lap. These will be explored later in the series. Though Zionism is one of the most effective tools of psychopathy, it is not the only political ideology to be employed within the Establishment. We will also see how the revolution meme has been used not as means for freedom for the proletariat or the oppressed but to let loose new forces of oppression; to distract from the growing knowledge of psychopaths in our midst. With pre-emptive, “coloured” revolutions, old structures break down only to be replaced by new ones with the same owners, crushing the destiny of ordinary men and women and replacing it with their own.

It was no coincidence that there were two major streams of socio-political influence at the turn of the 19th century: Zionism and Communism. The former aimed at solving the Jewish diaspora and the furtherance of extremists elements within of Jewish ideology by the creation of a Nation State as dictated by the religious imperialism; the latter designed to facilitate the dismantling of the nation state and the creation of collectivism care of Russian-Jewish Bolshevism. A Russian hammer came crashing down on the Zionist anvil and Wall St. Corporatism provided the financial means to make it happen. The common root to both was the concept of World Revolution and the carefully crafted idea that it was sourced from the spontaneous uprising of the common man against his oppressor. In reality, such genuine anger and outrage was either extinguished or channelled into a useful political tool for the Elite. Accordingly, the French revolution was not the result of a spontaneous uprising of peasantry against their evil oppressors and which ushered true humanitarian principles and egalitarian harmony, rather, it was planned and engineered by a small group of individuals designed to be the many precursors to a global revolution drawn from a considerably older occult doctrine. In Lord Acton’s words: “The appalling thing in the revolution is not the tumult but the design. Through all the fire and smoke we perceive the evidence of calculating organization. The Managers remain studiously concealed and masked but there is no doubt about their presence from the first”. [1]

It has since become fixed in the minds of many in our present age who believe they are the descendants of those same men. Communism was its inheritor. The English Revolution (1640) the French Revolution (1789) and the Russian revolution (1917) all seemed to follow the same process, which will culminate in the last and final stage of a Global Revolution, the signs of which are never more apparent. The revolution in Russia became a political party, operating in all countries under orders from a central headquarters in Moscow. Though the instigators were a combination of American industrialists and Eastern Jews it enabled a much greater understanding as to who might be behind the first two revolutions. The Elite grouping of the Round Table used the same mechanism by which they would fund both sides and reap the benefits, something which had been perfected in South Africa of 1899 and the onset of the Boer War. Each revolution created immense change in the socio-political nature of “developed” nations irrevocably changing direction away from true civil rights and spiritual autonomy and toward the power of Statism and government control, regardless of whether conservative, fascist, socialist, libertarian or endless variations on a theme were dominating.

Many thousands of books have been written on the socio-political streams which have coursed through the veins of the West, sewn into the fabric of various Empires and the shrouds they cast over foreign cultures. What has remained unchanging is the presence of occult membership at the highest levels. Persecution and conquest has adapted with technocratic efficiency and emerged as inverted totalitarianism, where the global plunder of international banking still partners corporatism and deep politics. One of the primary sources of this tragic state of affairs is drawn from the crystallising of a singular perception which occurred more than three hundred years ago. It was accompanied by an undoubted surge of intellectual virtuosity, artistic creativity and “illumination.”

However, the pot of gold at the end of the rainbow wasn’t what it seemed.

91492-004-335E6675

Renowned thinkers of the Age of Reason or Enlightenment – also many members of Illuminism – meet to discuss The French Encyclopédie,a primary work of the period. The Catholic Church came under particular attack form the new rationalists.

Illuminism and Enlightenment

The discovery of a secret society called the Illuminati in the late 18th Century is well-known to any Dan Brown fan (apparently they exist in abundance) though its history is far from fictional. It has been the designated dark crucible for all manner of nefarious activities down through the centuries. What is far more likely is that it was an off-shoot of a deeper more esoteric stronghold that has remained entirely unknown. Its presence was the result of a germination of ideas which took place within a cultural milieu which saw intellect and reason as the new science, where individuals such as Francis Bacon, Decartes and Newton had forged a mighty edifice upon which an “Age of Enlightenment” could rest. At the turn of the 18th Century individuals such as Voltaire, Jean-Jacques Rousseau, David Hume, Immanuel Kant, Emanuel Swedenborg and the great Johann Wolfgang von Goethe were just some of its pioneers. [2]

Many of these men were immersed in alchemy or some form of occultism laced with Synarchist and Elitist views. That is not to say that these men were somehow aligned with evil intent. Many Rosicrucian and Illuminati followers were sincerely driven by service to others. Many of the finest romantic writers of the 18th century were influenced by Rosicrucian/Illuminati themes including that of Percy Bysshe Shelley who struggled with arcane principles of alchemy, sexual androgyny, anarchism, deism and atheism. He was acutely aware of the incendiary nature of these themes and the ever-present danger of inversion.

The idea of Revolution was of paramount importance and represented a new paradigm which embraced science, philosophy and the nature of man and the universe. It was a period which saw both destructive and creative forces at work, in secret and in public, which would determine the direction of Western power-brokers giving rise to some of the latter day corporate, occult, military and geo-political think-tanks currently shaping the future. It is this Revolutionary period that saw the emergence of so many key thinkers which would lay the foundation of many of our greatest theories in the realm of science and sociology. The British Thomas Robert Malthus and the German-born George Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel, and his “Hegelian Dialectic” were two important visionaries. These were two of the men that would contribute to a rising belief placing  feudalism and elite rule at the centre of the revolutionary ideal, achieved under cover of working class emancipation.

As a reaction to this subterfuge, anarchism was both a philosophy and practical template for genuine social freedom. The movement was able to see through the monstrosity of a co-opted revolution before it was fatally subverted by governments into a form of class war terrorism. Anarchism today is still used to denote chaos and disorder when its original meaning was anything but. [3 ] While Illuminism was perceived by some as a high-brow branch of anarchism within, it was an entirely different beast, using Establishment principles and false dichotomies to offer something even more diabolical than Statism.

illuminati-angels-demons-6

Promotional poster for the Film Angels and Demons (2009) based on Dan Brown’s book of the same name. A surge in interest about the Illuminati or “The Perfectibilitists” – likely an offshoot of Rosicrucianism – it has been encouraged by the entertainment industry.  As a possible insulating cover for the global occult body this is always a useful diversion as awareness grows concerning such fraternities.

The Illuminati is now seen as a product of pop culture though its influence appears vastly underestimated in contemporary political and historical discourse, despite being at the heart of the Enlightenment and quite possibly its primary sponsor. That said, in no way was this the primary source of elite control. It is much more likely that the flowering of Illuminism, while influential was a somewhat temporary Bavarian offshoot (possibly from Rosicrucian influences) let loose by design as further cover for a small group of pathocrats who did manage to influence the Western world in secrecy. The Priory of Sion mythology works in a similar way and indeed any secret society that just happens to become notorious and popularised is in all probability the furthest away from the core nexus of control. By maintaining a constant deflection from the true source, which is probably made up over only score of members at the most, the more conspiratorial mythology the better hence a steady stream of red herrings delivered to pop culture. The Weishauptian Illuminati is no different.

Evidence is clear from his relationship with Baron Adolph Freiherr Knigge that the structure of initiation within Illuminism was very much a bespoke affair and whose influence was destined to flare up and die quite quickly, at least in its formal structure, such as it was.[4]It was for this reason that it was a possible adjunct to a more subtle and measured influence from a global occult collective which remains unknown to this day. The core group of illuminism may certainly have had key agents from this occult fraternity tasked with setting the Illuminati ball rolling until such time the momentum lessened and a new vehicle could be found to initiate other forms of change. This is the nature of such change that in no way does it draw attention to itself. For this reason is a red herring. Nonetheless, it proves an instructive segment of the ceremonial psychopathic mind and one path of its trajectory. Certainly, Illuminism philosophy remains a strong factor in the present Three Establishment Model.

Set against this huge wave of change, a fortuitous event occurred which would blow wide open the nature of Illuminism and its apparently considerable hold on high society at the time. In 1785 a messenger, en route from Frankfurt-on-the-Main to Paris, was struck by lightning. Discovered on the dead body was a paper written by entitled, “The Original Shift in Days of Illumination,” the contents describing the future goal for “the New World Order through Revolution”. On the charred body, other papers also showed correspondence between an individual named “Spartacus” and the “Areopagites” which revealed the same plans for world-revolution which bore a striking resemblance to communism wrapped in occult symbolism. Two other Illuminist leaders were searched and similar papers were found which detailed the same theories for control.

“Spartacus” was eventually revealed to be one Professor Adam Weishaupt and the “Areopagites” his closest associates in the order. The Bavarian government had no doubt that the documents found from the lightning strike were authentic they allowed them to be open to inspection at the archives in Munich. There has been nothing to suggest they were fraudulent, before or since. Weishaupt was the dean of the faculty of law at the University of Ingolstadt when he founded the Illuminati, (plural of Latin illuminatus, “enlightened”) on May 1, 1776. He did so with a membership of just five, two of whom were Anton Von Massenhausen, Counsellor of the fiscal authority, Munich and known as “Ajax” and Envoy in Regensburg, Max Edler Von Merz, Envoy in Regensburg known as “Tiberius.” [5]

Schooled and brought up by the Jesuits he studied every subject he could lay his hands on and though he hated everything they stood for, he was to adopt many of their methods of organisation and secrecy. By 1777, Weishaupt had been initiated into Freemasonry, in Munich, at the Lodge Theodore of Good Counsel and by the summer of 1779, it was effectively under the control of the Order of Perfectibilists which later changed to the Order of the Illuminati. It was the influence of Hesse-Cassel family’s patriarch Baron von Knigge that the Illuminati were able to extend its infection throughout he ranks of high-level freemasonry. With the initiation of the Baron into the Order, an influx of new blood was prepared. At the time of the July 16, Masonic Congress of Wilhelmsbad in Hanau, Hesse-Cassel, chaired by “Ferdinand, Duke of Brunswick, Grand Master of the Order of Strict Observance Writer Alfred G. Mackey wrote in the Encyclopedia of Freemasonry that: “… there were delegates from Upper and Lower Germany, from Holland, Russia, Italy, France, and Austria,” with the Baron Von Knigge representing the Order of the Illuminati, and it was: “… therefore surprising that the most heterogeneous opinions were expressed.” [6]

After returning from the Congress one freemason expressed his view common to many within the fraternity at the time: that there was a real threat of subversion to something entirely different to the Christian-based freemasonic principles that followed. The Comte de Virieu from a lodge at Lyon, France exclaimed: “I will not confide them to you. I can only tell you that all this is very much more serious than you think. The conspiracy which is being woven is so well thought out that it will be, so to speak, impossible for the monarchy and the Church to escape from it.” And according to the biographer of Virieu, when he subsequently referred to freemasonry he could only speak it “with horror.” [7]

Minerval_insignia

This is the original insignia of the Bavarian Illuminati. It pictures the owl of Minerva – symbolising wisdom – on top of an opened book. This version of the owl comes from an early pamphlet, printed around 1776. (wikipedia)

In 1785 the Duke of Bavaria issued an edict against the Illuminati, declaring the military, government officials, teachers, students – more or less everyone – were forbidden from joining the secret society followed by a ban on secret societies in general if they hadn’t officially registered their secretive nature, which probably defeated the whole object of the exercise. Once the edict was known more records would have been ordered destroyed or at least placed in very safe-keeping from prying eyes. Illuminism went deeply underground.

It was 1786, the year that the Bavarian government seized papers concerning Adam Weishaupt’s society of Illuminati and raided the dwellings of Weishaupt’s chief associates. The papers were subsequently published in 1787 revealing an overarching plan for world revolution which would see the destruction of religion, nation states and democratic governance. The existence of the Illuminati or “illumined minds” was well known to authorities in Germany before 1786, both in the Britain and later a little later in the US.

The political movement of Jacobinism came under suspicion of being part of Illuminist designs with their bid to restore the Stuart King James II of England and his heirs to the thrones of England, Scotland and Ireland. As the Jacobites were fervently against parliamentary interference with monarchical succession it was believed that all manner of means and alliances would be at their disposal, which indeed they were. “They were accused by French Freemasons of converting Masonic rituals and titles into political support for this restoration” and providing the creation of a new Scottish rite of freemasonry by King James himself. [8]

The Illuminati papers themselves amounted to the same Existential Satanism which is so prevalent in today’s Intel-military and corporate occultism. This includes reason and science as the only arbiter of reality; the destruction of the Christian Church and nationhood and some counter-intelligence and propaganda techniques which intelligence agencies the world over would have been proud. Henry Martin offered this commentary regarding what Weishaupt was proposing in his grand plan to re-shape the world:

… the end of Illuminism the abolition of property, social authority, nationality, and the return of the human race to the happy state in which it formed only a single family without artificial needs, without useless sciences, every father being priest and magistrate. Priest of we know not what religion, for in spite of their frequent invocations of the God of Nature, many indications lead us to conclude that Weishaupt had, like Diderot and d’Holbach, no other God than Nature herself. From his doctrine would naturally follow German ultra-Hegelianism and the system of anarchy recently developed in France, of which the physiognomy suggests a foreign origin.” [9] [Emphasis mine]

Anarchy, pantheism, science, (but no pseudo-science) the end of the nation state and a return to family and implied community.  Sounds great to me. However, that wasn’t the whole picture.

Illuminsm was very far from true anarchy in that it had a monumental streak of elitism running through it, not least the obvious core principles of what would later incarnate as Cultural Marxism; a ruthless Machiavellian deceit and possibly the first organised use of terror and blackmail.

Despite Weishaupt’s protestations, his brotherhood was an example of precisely the kind of occultism he apparently disliked. Contradictions abound as is the always the case with such movements. Martin and many others since have suggested that Weishaupt may not have been the inventor of the movement but merely an elevated facilitator which seems probable judging by the recurring nature of the themes. Martin also picked up on the paganism and praise of the “Absolute;” or God of Matter so much a part – not just of Satanism – but the paths to an Eco-Fascism so dominant in Elite and British-German aristocracy.

 


Notes

[1] p. 97; Lord Acton: Lectures on the French Revolution.
[2] Goethe, Johann Wolfgang von (1749-1832) was a member of the Illuminati known as “Abaris”. Chief advisor to Karl August, Duke of Saxon-Weimar; poet, playwright, novelist, philosopher, painter, composer, scientist, economist, sociologist, politician with famous friends, colleagues and acquaintances which span all of the major Enlightenment thinkers. One of the most well-known classics is Goethe’s Faust which many believe to be about the great man himself and his the selling of his soul for mysteries of Illumimism, which though without proof is not beyond the bounds of possibility.
[3] For the full story of anarchism please read: Demanding the Impossible: A History of Anarchism (London: HarperCollins, 2008) New Edition. Also published in the US (Los Angeles: PM Press, 2009).
[4]René le Forestier, Les Illuminés de Bavière et la franc-maçonnerie allemande, Paris, 1914, Book 3 Chapter 2, pp202-226.
[5] pp.405. 407; Memoirs Illustrating the History of Jacobinism, by Augustin Barruel, 1798, Real-View-Books Classics Reprint, 2002 edition.
[6] Albert G. Mackey. Mackey’s Revised Encyclopedia Of Freemasonry, under “Wilhelmsbad, Congress of.
[7] p. 18; World Revolution – The Plot Against Civilization 1921 by Nesta H. Webster (online versions)
[8] p.221; Rule by Secrecy by Jim Marrs, Published by Harper Collins, 2001 | ISBN 0060193689
[9] Henry Martin, Histoire de France depuis les temps les plus reculés jusqu’en 1789, XVI. 533. Quoted in Nesa Webster. Secret Societies & Subversive Movements, London, 1924, p. 207.

The Light Bringer IV: Dugpas and Deception

  “It is for you to ascertain their truth by right practice and the exercise of the intuition …. If the teaching conveyed calls forth a response from the illumined mind of the worker in the world, and brings a flashing forth of his intuition, then let the teaching be accepted. But not otherwise,”

– the alleged Tibetan “Master Djwhal Khul”


The above quotation can be found in all 24 books of esoteric philosophy by Alice Bailey. As a young, fresh-faced 21 year old, I read this and thought: “Well, it must be authentic …”

I know, I was very naive about spiritual deception, as most of us are. That’s why genuine spiritual masters refer to this subject so much since they know from experience that not only does evil dominate the world of matter, it also exists at a higher density of being and it is from here that much of the deception takes place. This may be why the person receiving “inspired” information needs to be of a sufficient quality and wisdom to able to discern truth from lies, which – as in the case of the Bailey books – can be highly sophisticated. And it needs to be if you are part of the hierarchy of service to self deceivers who are in the business of derailing a collective upsurge in human awareness. After all, those within high level freemasonry as much as the ordinary man and woman are also hoodwinked by the complex “levels” of initiation and process of alchemy promising all kinds of esoteric jewels.

Unfortunately, regarding the idea of “intuition” mentioned in the quotation, this is routinely confused with the chemical “flashing forth” of emotional belief, so it’s a rather flimsy basis upon which to unquestioningly dedicate one’s life. This is not a religion. This is an occult or esoteric science. Once our intellect is captured by reams of juicy esoteric theory – strewn with shiny diamonds of truth, it becomes more and more difficult to discern the subtle twists here and there when the intellectual centre is thoroughly entrained to function in a particular way and to progressively take on faith what is presented as fact. In this way, it’s no different to religious myth, yet, in some ways more dangerous since it appeals ever more to the intellectual ego, as well as the occult meditation training leading to definite psycho-physiological changes.

How can one know that this is deception?

By ruthless, cold-bloodied examination which is compared and networked, without the burden of belief.

And this is surely one of the messages from Illion’s journey: he came face to face with the realisation that beings of light were “flashing forth” enormously seductive false light in order to trap and feed on awareness. He felt the tragedy deeply as he was unable to help his well-meaning friend who was trapped in a ritualistic spell. You can see the parallels with the Christian ideas of damnation and redemption which are merely cruder renderings of the idea that the soul has to be cultivated, grown and defended. And we do that by learning to distinguish lies from truth in order to make real choices rather than falling into carefully laid traps.  Once you willingly give away your free-will then it can be a very rapid descent. And it is all the more delicious for those on the path of entropy, since their target has no idea at all that s/he is in thrall to darkness so sweetly camouflaged as light.

That means we have to obtain the kind of self-knowledge which pin-points the weaknesses within our personality or gaps in our awareness through which the forces of deception can slip through and poison the promise of soul growth.

For the spiritual seeker – It’s a jungle out there!

angel22© infrakshun

***

The Nazis were said to have become particularly interested in Illion’s discoveries sending teams in search of the ultimate occult power. H.P. Blavatsky too just happened to have been globe-trotting around Tibet and received her teachings from similar inhabitants. Then comes Bailey to present us with Synarchist-occult teachings purporting to be from a “Great White Brotherhood” or “Ascended Masters,” and which have now seeded themselves “within the little minds of men.”

A far more likely scenario was the possibility that Blavatsky’s original contact may have been largely authentic, while the influence of Leadbeater, Besant and finally Bailey’s teachings from the “Tibetan” were not the next phase in a continuing occult tradition of the Perennial wisdom teachings, but a sophisticated subversion or Cosmic CoIntelpro by unwitting channels.

The probable culprits according to many critics within early Theosophy would have been the Dugpas or Dad-Dugpa, Druk-pa, the Bhons and also known as members of The Drukpa Church of Bhutan, or “the Red Cap (or ‘Hat’) sect,” a branch of the four main sects: the Kagyü-pa, Nyingma, Sakya  and the largest one known as the “Yellow hats” to which the Dalai Lama belongs – the Geluk (or “Virtuous Way” sect). Active since the 14 Century, comprise of mostly Eastern Tibetan monks who follow the “left-hand path” (sorcery, black magic) which include some forms of Buddhist Sex Tantra. The Dugpas resisted the religious reform of the Tsong-kha-pa tradition and stayed with the Kagyu school of Tibetan Buddhism and were also said to be responsible for development of monasteries in the Lahul area of Himachal Pradesh, India.[1]

It is fair to say that Madame Blavatsky’s Secret Doctrine and Isis Unveiled are generally seen as ground-breaking tomes in the field of esoteric and occult wisdom. They are indeed fascinating treatises and very likely built on core truths yet sprinkled with unconscious distortions. Unlike Alice Bailey, Blavatsky and her “Masters of Wisdom” were extremely wary of the Dugpas as black magic adepts and whom she frequently referred to as the “Brother of the Shadow.”

At Theosophy wiki we read:

Dugpas (Tib.). Lit., “Red Caps,” a sect in Tibet. Before the advent of Tsong-ka-pa in the fourteenth century, the Tibetans, whose Buddhism had deteriorated and been dreadfully adulterated with the tenets of the old Bhon religion,—were all Dugpas. From that century, however, and after the rigid laws imposed upon the Gelukpas (yellow caps) and the general reform and purification of Buddhism (or Lamaism), the Dugpas have given themselves over more than ever to sorcery, immorality, and drunkenness. Since then the word Dugpas has become a synonym of “sorcerer”, “adept of black magic” and everything vile. There are few, if any, Dugpas in Eastern Tibet, but they congregate in Bhutan, Sikkim, and the borderlands generally. […]

Mme. Blavatsky wrote another article more in line with this view, where she uses the term “dugpa” in a more restricted way, applying it to the Nyingmapas and Shammars in Bhutan:

The “Dug-pa or Red Caps” belong to the old Nyang-na-pa sect, who resisted the religious reform introduced by Tsong-kha-pa between the latter part of the fourteenth and the beginning of the fifteenth centuries. It was only after a lama coming to them from Tibet in the tenth century had converted them from the old Buddhist faith so strongly mixed up with the Bhon practices of the aborigines–into the Shammar sect, that, in opposition to the reformed “Gyelukpas,” the Bhootanese set up a regular system of reincarnations.

The term “Dug-pa” in Tibet is deprecatory. They themselves pronounce it “Dög-pa” from the root to “bind” (religious binders to the old faith): while the paramount sect–the Gyeluk-pa (yellow caps)–and the people, use the word in the sense of “Dug-pa” mischief-makers, sorcerers. The Bhootanese are generally called Dug-pa throughout Tibet and even in some parts of Northern India.

And in reference to the Bhutan-based “Brother of the Shadow” Blavatsky placed emphasis on the “élite of their Lamaseries, of a nucleus of priests, “devil-dancers,” and fetish worshippers, whose dreadful and mysterious rites are utterly unknown to the greater part of the population.” [2]

It seems the ancient Dugpas practiced all manner of Black Magick ritualism as a short-cut to power and its accompanying forms of phenomena or “maya.” This describes fairly well the experiences of Illion in Darkness Over Tibet. Blavatsky has no hesitation in alerting her readers of this fact very early on when she states:

“It was because, among many other reforms, Tsong-kha-pa forbade necromancy (which is practiced to this day with the most disgusting rites, by the Bhons – the aborigines of Tibet –  with whom the Red Caps, or Shammars, had always fraternized), that the latter resisted his authority. Separating entirely from the Gyelukpas, the Dugpas (Red Caps) – from the first in a great minority – settled in various parts of Tibet ….”  [3]

These Dugpa fellows have been immersed in black magick for so long they are some of the primary contactees for spiritual subversion. Such “lost souls” seek a way to extend their presence in the physical world by striving for physical immortality at this level of existence as well as the para-physical planes vibrating closest to the Earth. One might even say that they could infiltrate an elaborate system of human potential by slowly subverting its core principles and using those whose reception of the required qualitative energies for telepathy and “overshadowing” was “off.” Once gaps in awareness were found – usually through notions of glamour and ego – then the belief system created could be slowly contoured away from the original intentions; assuming at the very inception, the source was true.

As any open-minded person will agree, the core truths lost in the fear and dogma that is organised religion is a prime example. So, why should we not entertain the possibility that exactly the same process of corruption has resulted here? Since the occult is dealing, shall we say, “directly” with elementals, powerful archetypes and the esoteric science of “energy that follows thought,” then the stakes are even higher for disinformation and trickery. As every spiritual leader has found when a group is formed around them – especially when they have passed on and are no longer around to ensure purity of intent – it becomes increasingly difficult to maintain the integrity of the vision. Wishful thinking and pride slowly creep in and with it numerous distortions. During the late 19th and 20th Centuries where interest in metaphysics, spiritualism and the occult was on the rise, the time was ripe for revolutionary leaps forward in collective awareness. Once again, the amount of Truth imparted was proportionate to the level of awareness of their messengers.

While Christians and Fundamentalist Christians alike are happy to rage against the occult in general, it is also interesting to note there were many theosophists and occultists who were very worried at what they saw was a move away from the more rigorous and balanced spirituality that Blavatsky espoused. While supporting what they believed to be a re-discovery of a vast treatise on the cosmic evolution of man, the planet and the universe, they had little time for Alice A. Bailey and her “Tibetan” whom they saw as nothing less than counterfeit.

tumblr_m796bcION41rn0ifso1_500

Zhitro deities in Tibetan Buddhism

Theosophist Alice Leighton Cleather was one of the first members of the Branch of the Trans-Himâlayan Esoteric School established in England by Madame Blavatsky. In 1888: “… she was chosen as one of the twelve members of the Inner Group…” presided over by the Russian teacher. However we view their beliefs, Cleather and her companion Basil Crump were rather serious about their spiritual calling. From the introduction to their article we read that both: “… went to India in 1918, and there the three were initiated into the Tibetan Gelugpa (Yellow Cap) Order, at Buddha Gaya, in 1920. In 1926 they were received, and their membership ratified, at Peking, China, by His Serene Holiness the Tashi Lama of Tashi-Lhumpo, Tibet, who is the Head of the Gelugpa Order throughout Asia. […] Thus it will be seen that they possess exceptional qualifications for judging anything purporting to emanate from Tibetan sources.” [4]

Cleather and Crump penned an article outlining their grievances against what they called the “pseudo-occultism of Alice Bailey.” They focus on A Treatise on Cosmic Fire which was offering “the psychological key to the Cosmic Creation.” These students and many theosophists strongly disagreed. Ms. Cleather was not impressed with the Bailey “dictations” and similarly reiterates the messages from Blavatsky’s “Masters” who warned about “… the dangers of psychic communications and the work of the Dugpas – “the infamous Shammars” – the “Red-capped Brothers of the Shadow … whose pernicious work is everywhere in our way.”

Cleather saw Bailey’s contribution as part of:

“… the efforts now being made by the enemies of the Masters … to focus the attention of the whole thinking world of the West on the “Christ-World-Teacher” idea … and here shown to be a leading feature in Mrs. Bailey’s scheme … Nor is it any less dangerous to the progress of humanity, although the intellectual form in which it is so ably presented tends to disarm criticism and conceal the cloven hoof.[5]

Cleather and other Theosophists take great exception to what they consider to be a distortion of the original Blavatsky teachings and she highlights the idea of intellectual feats of daring-do that covers up what is essentially occult propaganda. The idea of a “Christ-World Teacher” embodied as an individual leads us away from self-responsibility, self-development and Christ consciousness materialising through networks of co-linear consciousness units. Instead it places the focus on externals and a deification-based authority. In the Bailey books, couched in unnecessarily complex esoteric jargon the whole thrust of the new dispensation is to: “… to prepare the world on a large scale for the coming of the World Teacher”. She opines that Bailey is now the “Blind leader of the Blind” who possesses some of the requisites of a writer of fiction. But, ‘Oh, the pity of it,’ that it should need but barefaced and entirely unsupported assertions, coupled with the detailed descriptions so greedily absorbed by the novel reading public, to completely impose upon the foolish multitude.”  In Cleather’s view it is a fruitless exercise to go over point by point of Bailey’s Cosmic Fire because: “… truth and error are so ingeniously mingled that to separate the chaff from the grain would need another volume of the same length.” [6]

And there lies the strength of spiritual cointelpro down through the ages.

Alice Cleather decries the following information given by Bailey regarding the “Kundalini fire” which Blavatsky defines as: “… the serpent power or mystic fire; it is called the serpentine or annular power on account of its spiral-like working or progress in the body of the ascetic developing the power in himself. It is an electric fiery occult, or fohatic power, the great pristine force which underlies all organic and inorganic matter.” [7]  Although Bailey also warns of the dangers of raising the Kundalini energy without taking into consideration many other factors she nevertheless provides inordinate amount of information regarding its possible journey for the disciple and thus invites experimentation.

Cleather is dismissive:

No words of mine could be half strong enough to condemn the advice here given to all and sundry in a printed book. The “transference” advised is probably the most dangerous in the process of Black Magic, which is distinguished from White by its use of the sex forces. It is found in such Tantrik works as The Serpent Power, by ‘Arthur Avalon’ … against the terrible dangers of which H.P. Blavatsky so constantly warns her readers and pupils. In most cases she says that such an attempt as above described would have a fatal result. For this one passage alone Mrs. Bailey deserves the severest condemnation. She is indeed playing with fire – the Fire of Kundalini, which, as H.P. Blavatsky says, ‘can as easily kill as it can create’.”  [8]

There were others who expressed their grave disquiet over the years. These included Theosophist Victor Endersby who in 1963, commented:

“There is a gulf as wide as the world between the presentation by H.P.B. and that of Bailey, in the matter of mode alone. H.P.B.’s was accompanied by voluminous evidence from many sources… Nothing of this appears in the Bailey output… the entire structure rests on her ipse dixit alone. One thing is certain: whatever her “K.H.” and “Djwhal Khul” may have been, they were not the mentors of H.P.B. That much is surely proven by the texts as anything could be.” [9]

Another more recent opinion from an American theosophist vented her spleen in no uncertain terms, claiming:

“The alleged Tibetan is probably a Jesuit priest, or someone akin to it, who preaches very freely about the coming of the Christ, and so far, he has been able to divert a great number of good students into his clerical and anthropomorphic views. The thorough study of the … ‘Classical Theosophical Literature’ is enough to show unmistakably that Alice Bailey is not a development of H.P.B. but its antithesis.” [10]

The warnings from Darkness Over Tibet and from the many critics within Theosophy place the Lucis Trust, The New Group of World Servers and thousands of members at the Arcane School reciting daily the “Great Invocation,” in an entirely different light. At the very least, it suggests reasons for the utmost caution, especially as these occult doctrines operate at the highest institutional levels. Remember too, that you have an explicit use of occult techniques along with networks set up to facilitate the creation of “special effects” via the use of “invocation.” Not only is this highly subjective and based on a foundation of ioccult principles that are designed to produce certain effects, nowhere do we find any questioning as to whether international institutions should be operating in this way and without any oversight or accountability regarding the these effects and the true intentions of the freemasonic architects.

Anyone with a modicum of knowledge regarding magick of any kind will know that such a realm is fraught with danger whether you believe in its efficacy or not. The power of the mind is immense and when combined with any kind of ritualistic practice and certain geometric formulae married to rather large egos then certain doors can be opened which are best left closed. Using religious terminology, there is a very fine line indeed between the overshadowing light or angelic energy and the invocation of darkness and daemonic influence. The quality of one’s consciousness will define whether one is duped into a belief trap or given the tools and knowledge to discern the objective truth of a situation. The present New Age teachings offered by Bailey and others require submission and acquiescence to principles based entirely on group consciousness and the Hierarchy of nebulous Masters and their “Plan.” Group consciousness – read: The Hive Mind – group endeavour, New World Servers, New World Religion, A UN-led New World military, a New World Government all represent the manifestation of a New World Order of a kind that has little to do with true spiritual emancipation. It does however, conform to a New World Slave State, where the power of your personal will and opportunity to choose will be lost in a techno-spiritual centralisation to beat them all.  This is the psychopath’s dream of Pathocratic Rule.

Is that over the top?  Perhaps. Or, it might not have even scratched the surface.

If we are able to read the writing on the walls of both ancient and modern history, the signs and portents told the same story over and over again: If we fail to understand the past and what leads to the rise and fall of Empires and their destructive effects we will be the victims of a kidnapped future where the whole cycle starts all over again, mirroring the very “meat wheel” of karmic entrapment.

Perhaps the only Master we need is the guidance of our own souls, pulling our personalities up by the bootstraps. As more networks of the like-minded cluster together devoid of limiting beliefs and armed with a true psychological awareness, there may yet be a chance for a more level playing field.

 


Notes

[1] Helena Petrovna Blavatsky, The Theosophical Glossary (Krotona, CA: Theosophical Publishing House, 1973), 105-106.
[2] http://tswiki.net/mywiki/index.php?title=Dugpa#cite_note-0 | Who Are the Dugpas in Theosophical Writings? by David Reigle
[3]  Theosophy and the ‘Bardo Thodol’ Or Examining Some Affinities Between Carl G. Jung And a Certain Tibetan Sect By Carlos Cardoso Aveline. | he quotes a footnote source as follows:  “Reincarnations in Tibet”, an article by H.P. Blavatsky, published in “Theosophical Articles”, volume III,  see pp. 358-359.
[4] p. 127; Buddhist Monasteries of Himachal By C.O. Handa, Indus Publishing, 2006| ISBN 978-81-7387-170-2.
[5] ‘A comparison between H.P.Blavatsky & Alice Bailey -‘The Pseudo-Occultism of Alice Bailey’ by Alice Leighton Cleather and Basil Crump, Peking, February, 1929 | 2001 Online Teosofiska Kompaniet Malmö http://www.teosofiskakompaniet.net/
[6] Ibid.
[7] Ibid.
[8] op. cit. Cleather | A Treatise on Cosmic Fire – Section One, Division D, Kundalini and the Spine. | http://www.lucistrust.org:8081/obooks/?q=node/311
[9] Theosophical Notes Special Paper, Sept. 1963, 40.
10] The High Country Theosophist Vol 16 no. 4 April 2001. | http://www.hctheosophist.com/archives/pdf/hc200104.pdf

Satan’s Little Helpers VIII: Weimar, Magick and “Cherry Marines”

By M.K. Styllinski

occultbadges

Authentic US military badges with occult-themed insignias (See more here )


A recent article from Wayne Madsen reminded us of a child pornography ring in the 1980s that extended from Oregon to the San Francisco Bay area over to Chicago and Washington, DC. This involved many officers of the U.S. Navy and yet another breach in a sub-network which the author believes was covered up by one John Lehman, then Secretary of the Navy who engaged in similar cover-ups, sexual misdemeanours and crimes. Madsen has since had to vacate his U.S. home due to death threats.[1]

profile-LRH_thumb.jpg

L. Ron Hubbard

The Navy has an odd history of pathogenic infiltration. The advances from MK-ULTRA experimentation permeated the U.S. military and in particular, Naval Intelligence. A former Navy Officer with serious mental problems which lent themselves to the creation of Scientology was L. Ron Hubbard and his rocket scientist friend, Jack Parsons. These men may have helped to subvert still further the military rituals of Navy personnel. Both were involved in Aleister Crowley’s Black Magick society Ordo Templis Orientis (OTO) which was attracting many converts from government, military and corporate sectors of society. (Now it seems the organisation has new recruits from the social network generation which, until recently, included Peaches Geldolf. How’s that for marketing? )

Hubbard was said to have been drafted in by the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) to break up a satanic cult that was spreading among top scientists with Parsons as the focus of the activity. It seems highly dubious that Hubbard was given the job of foiling such a ring should that even have been possible. Perhaps this had been the initial operation but whether during or after his assignment he played a vital role in either the creation of, or expansion of said cult rather than its disbandment. With the inspiration of Crowley’s integration of various sets of Magick, Hubbard and Parsons were engaging in their own Magickal studies by 1946, including an extended set of Sex Magick rituals called the “Babylon Working,” intended to summon a goddess or “moonchild.” [2]  Parsons continued to immerse himself in Crowleyian rituals believing he was the Anti-Christ only to die in a suspicious accident a year later. Meantime, Hubbard was about to write Dianetics which swiftly became the basis of Scientology, itself rooted in Black Magick as a consequence of Hubbard’s fascination with The Book of Law and Thelmic rituals.

After Crowley’s unceremonious death in 1947, the role of “the Beast” was wide open. According to Ron De Wolf, Hubbard’s son, his father took it upon himself to fully embrace Satanism, not as a form of worship but to understand that he himself was one with Satan. This realisation came from:

“… the creation of what they call embryo implants—of getting a demonic spirit to inhabit the body of a foetus. This would arrive care of Black-Magic rituals, including the use of hypnosis, drugs, and other destructive practices. One of the important things was to destroy the evidence if you failed at this Immaculate Conception. That’s how my father became obsessed with abortions.” [3]

An axe to grind? or was there truth to his son’s accusations?

Regardless, it seems Hubbard, Parsons and other participants were happily riding high on the infusion of narcotics and magickal practices that were busy doing the rounds on the intelligences circuits. Hubbard is unlikely to have found his brain-washing techniques from anywhere else. He used the workings of occult rituals and nuggets of mind control secrets going on at the time to launch his career from a failed science-fiction writer to a global multi-million dollar icon, creating the hugely successful religion of Scientology. [4]

Kay_Griggs__Colonels_Wife_TellAll_Interview_14__151525_thumb.jpgThe U.S. Navy’s role in sexpionage and ritual abuse was explored by Kay Griggs in 1998 with a 8-hour interview conducted by Pastor Rick Strawcutter in 1998. Kay had married Colonel George Griggs in the early 80s. Her husband was a Marine Corps Chief of Staff and head of NATO’s Psychological Operations, which over time, had given her an intimate knowledge of the true nature of “leadership training, drug-running and weapons sales, and the secret worldwide camps that train professional assassins.”  Her story further supports the increasing evidence that blackmail, sex rings and mind programming rituals are endemic within the military-intelligence world. It also allows us not only to understand why the military is obsessed with sex as a means of control, just like their Israeli counterparts, but why there is such a resounding silence on the cover-up of 9/11 when truth inevitably seeps out through the cracks of official culture. Blackmail and sex are the fail-safe modes of secrecy. The more extreme the sexual deviancy, the more certain is the guarantee of silence.

kaygriggsvideos

Or visit: Disclose.tvKay Griggs – Colonel’s Wife Tell-All Interview.1/4

Kay Griggs delivers a highly believable account based on her own observations, the people she met within these social circles and from her husband’s behaviour, but most importantly, from the extensive writings in his diary. While her Christian belief only occasionally veers towards proselytizing, her account is a sincere and honest one; enriching our understanding of how the U.S. Army and Navy intelligence networks operate behind the scenes.

When she begun to receive death threats due to this first-hand knowledge and her unique insights into this military cartel, she decided to go public in 1996. Sarah McClendon, former senior member of the White House press corps, and Army Intelligence veteran, took her in and gave her valuable advice as to what her next move should be. McClendon was the perfect ally offering her the needed psychological tools to survive the coming months and years. After Griggs had failed to get the media to take on her story and after McClendon advised Griggs to go public, this led to the now well-known video interviews with Pastor Strawcutter on his 500 watt pirate FM station at 99.3 in Lenawee County, Virginia. The interviews were released in 2000 as a 2hr edited video and a later an extended 8 hour version. Since that time, Kay Griggs has been living in her Virginia home giving occasional talks for interested parties.

In the interview, Griggs talks about key military officials who were rather worried about her husband Colonel George Griggs and his diary which is still in her possession. Brigadier General James R. Joy (ret.) General Charles C. Krulak, General Al Gray Cook (ret.) General James L. Jones, General Charles E. Wilhelm and General Carl Steiner are all implicated in secret black ops, one of which led to the highly suspect killings of civilians in the Waco massacre * and the 1983 bombing of a Beirut barracks in which 241 marines died and 80 seriously wounded. According to Griggs, both examples employed media manipulation and PSYOPS to cover the fact these were false flag operations. General Al Gray, USMC, 29th Commandant of the Marine Corps, is an alleged enthusiastic participant in gay orgies within the military and at the time of writing, is still actively engaged in PSYOPS operations overseas and nationally. Many other high-ranking officials have participated in these ritual-sex initiation rites.

The video also supports the evidence that organised blackmail is not just a MOSSAD speciality but a way of life within the U.S. military special operations units. Linked to this are the University fraternities which, like several authors she confirms are recruitment centres for intelligence officers. Princeton University has a fraternity called “Cap and Gown” while Yale University has the not so secret society “Skull and Bones” both of which list a ‘who’s who’ of the rich and famous. Senator John Kerry, George Bush Sr. and Bush Jr. were all “Bonesmen.”

Griggs recounts her husband’s history as a member of the “Cap and Gown” where unusual sex acts were part of initiatory rituals designed to recruit and control participants. “Dining in,” “shell back,” the “Tail hook” and “cherry marines” are not just military terms but code names for group sex activities which are part and parcel of a homosexual induction. Young men are allegedly stripped, violated, humiliated and raped. Although the alleged orgies in question are predominantly homosexual, there were also bi-sexual orgies. General Al Gray, General Jim Joy, and General Sheehan were initiated “cherry marines,” and given the task of indoctrinating new recruits for a wide range of useful purposes.

While part of a standard formula for blackmail and mind control, this also serves as a means for rapid advancement through the ranks if you play the game. It has a high cost however – you become shadow government property and prone to emotional overload as the heavy weight of a suppressed conscience returns. The layers of programming designed to dehumanise don’t always strip the individual of their soul and they become the walking dead, unable to escape their fragmented mind. Consequently, many law enforcement and military personnel go off “pop” for precisely these reasons. It would seem that if you begin to question too much, the Army and Navy have facilities for using psychiatry as a means to detain those who become too vocal or manage to free themselves from programming. Eastern State Mental Hospital in Williamsburgh is one such place that is alleged to have a high quota of Army Intelligence personnel who have not played ball. Sectioning is a convenient method of removing troublesome men who ask too many questions. [5]

Wayne Madsen’s claim of a high level “X-file” secrecy standing for paedophilia and homosexual blackmail protocols within the US Navy and Marine Corp is given further support from Griggs. It is improbable that Grigg’s husband would have shared titbits of information regarding these bizarre rituals if they didn’t have a high percentage of authenticity. The revelations over the years of serial paedophilia networks in the world at large are an obvious reality so it is hardly illogical to assume that even worse takes place far from prying eyes.

Nazi philosophy, weapons technology and the sciences were not the only things to be injected into the United States psyche from Operation PAPERCLIP. Another strain which may have come through this conduit was known as “The Pink Triangle,” an infestation of occult driven sexual deviants which included rapists, criminals and paedophiles. The individuals were tagged with a pink triangle before being sent to concentration camps during War time Germany. Homosexual men and women were tragically included in this persecution, something which is seldom remembered. However, the key issue here is sexual psychopathy regardless of orientation. According to Griggs and others, thousands of these pink triangle candidates, were brought over to the States and distributed within the ranks of certain shadow government projects.

2011.04-PinkTriangle-300x177_thumb.jpg“The Pink Triangle”

Griggs’ testimony is not the only source that suggests gay sex dominates much of the ritual initiation process within the Navy SEALS and Marine Corp. Despite the Nazi Party’s opposition to homosexuality and persecution of gay men, homosexuality may have been partially institutionalised within the Nazi Elite in Germany at the time and focused within the SS guard. Obviously, this does not preclude the murder of thousands of homosexuals. The formula of scapegoating a minority in order to maintain the functioning of an Elite that harbours the same sexual orientation continues to this day. Whether we refer to paedophiles or homosexuals being compromised to take the heat of Establishment figures, or Zionists who routinely sacrifice Jews and gentiles alike to maintain the long term strategy of their plans, the same sexpionage continues its sordid path.

The Weimar Republic during the 1920s – as with much of Establishment circles within Europe in general – was host to a rising “cabaret” culture amongst artists, writers and the Elite which included a sub-culture of transvestites bi-sexual, and gay men and women. As is ever the case, decadence gives rise to greater extremes and the underworld is not long to follow. Brothels, pornographers and prostitutes were multiplying in Berlin as one of the most sexually liberal cities at the time. Gay culture was thriving. Yet the dark underbelly of these seemingly liberal values was also present. Exploration of sexual identity and freedom wasn’t the issue in pre-war Weimar as with other pre-pathocratic Empires, rather, it was the red flag of sexual deviance and debauchery that was a marker of a pathological indulgence to which the Nazi Elite happily encouraged.


 tumblr_m66uhfEaaB1r6y3vao1_500

The Salon I, Otto Dix 1921.

“The Nachtlokals (private nightspots) in particular teemed with non-German speaking thrill-seekers. For the newest clientele, humiliation and sexual degradation served as an equal attractant as the old Naked Dance revue itself. In one Lokal favored by Dutch vacationers, businessmen and their wives tossed foreign coins to any female German in attendance willing to strip completely nude. Outside the tourist hotels and downtown pensions, knowing gigolos and pretty boys, dolled up in rouge and mascara like wax mannequins, displayed their androgynous wares. The the merry-making Ausländer, Berlin was conducting a clearance sale on human flesh. Sex was everywhere and obtainable on the cheap. The Kaiser’s Germany, in the minds of many, was finally repaying its war debts.”  – Mel Gordon, Voluptuous Panic: The Erotic World of Weimar Berlin.  (courtesy of Metal on Metal)


The degeneration of the New Society in the Weimar Republic is quite apparent with the rise in bohemian art which became darker and darker from the period after World War I, culminating in the Nazi Pathocracy of the Third Reich. Sexual depravity, murder and the general denigration of women even led to a new art form of snuff painting where the female form was mutilated or an act of  murder was graphically depicted as a form of sadistic celebration. Otto Dix and George Grosz were two of the most enthusiastic proponents of sexual murder or “Lustmord” in German.  In a disturbing book about the Weimar Republic’s burgeoning avant garde and sexual “liberation”: Lustmord: Sexual Murder in Weimar Germany”, author Maria Tatar states:

“… often viewed as the birthplace of a transgressive avant-garde modernism, where representations of female sexual mutilation abound…. Tatar show that male artists openly identified with real-life sexual murderers–George Grosz posed as Jack the Ripper in a photograph where his model and future wife was the target of his knife–but she also reveals the ways in which victims were disavowed and erased.” [6]

This “aestheticized violence” was funded by a “transgressive energy” which seeped into the socio-political life of the German Elite. There appeared to be a simmering undercurrent of pathology surfacing in the collective unconscious of the Republic. Certain of these shadows were about to manifest as National Socialism.

OttoDixLustmord

Otto Dix “Lustmord” (1922)

DixMordGRA

Carl Hofer “Lustmord” (1923)

Freud’s nemesis and sexologist Wilhelm Reich among others, affirmed that many top Nazi leaders and Germanic fascism during the 1930s was in fact “a male state organized on a homosexual basis.” [7]  It is also interesting to note that while many homosexuals were sent to concentration camps there is a possibility that this was more a case of it being after the fact, rather than a conscious policy of persecution. Hitler’s own perceptions and treatment of women displayed distaste and confusion, if not contempt. Even if Mein Kampf revealed copious evidence for his hatred of Jews, Arabs, Communists and Eastern peoples there was not one word for those with a homosexual orientation. You could hardly say that this was due to a cultural sensitivity.

Hitler filled key positions with known or suspected homosexuals. His most trusted companions General Ernst Roehm was a gay man, as was Rudolf Hess. He was also a paedophile and transvestite in his spare time, similar to his colleague Herman Goering who was a drag queen when the fancy took him. Roehm, Hitler’s one-time protégé, eventually commanded the Nazi Storm Troopers more commonly known as the SA (an acronym for Sturmabteilung) and had larger-than-life sexual appetite, often frequenting Turkish bars and gay clubs across Germany. He made it his personal quest to procure Roehm’s close knit coterie of strategists Edmund Heines, Karl Ernst, Ernst’s partner Captain Rohrbein, Captain Petersdorf, Count Ernst Helldorf, all of whom were homosexual.

It is safe to say that bi/homosexuality or some brand of sexual perversion were useful for advancing one’s career in the Third Reich. According to The Pink Swastika by authors Scott Lively and Kevin Abrams:

Himmler was not so much opposed to homosexuality itself as to the fact that non- qualified people were given high rank based on their homosexual relations with Roehm and others. For example, SA Obergruppenfuhrer (Lieutenant General) Karl Ernst, a militant homosexual, had been a hotel doorman and a waiter before joining the SA. “Karl Ernst is not yet 35,” writes Gallo, “he commands 250,000 men…he is simply a sadist, a common thug, transformed into a responsible official.” [8]

This strange brand of nepotism was a hallmark of the SA. By 1933 the elite grouping had grown far larger than the German army, yet the Vikingkorps (Officers’ Corps) remained almost exclusively homosexual. “Roehm, as the head of 2,500,000 Storm Troops,” writes historian H.R. Knickerbocker, “…had surrounded himself with a staff of perverts. His chiefs, men of rank of Gruppenfuhrer or Obergruppenfuhrer, commanding units of several hundred thousand Storm Troopers, were almost without exception homosexuals. Indeed, unless a Storm Troop officer were homosexual he had no chance of advancement”. [9]

In point of fact, when perusing Nazi Reich propaganda and folk lore in praise of the muscle-bulging, blonde, blue-eyed, Aryan archetype, it is replete with distinctly homo-erotic undertones. This has been passed down into gay erotica via the likes of Tom Findland with his kitsch renderings of black leather-clad beef-cakes donning Luftwaffe caps, high-top boots and whips. The Nazi overtones has also found its way into many a sado-masochist gathering in contemporary society where whips, PVC, black masks and various forms of mock torture tools of domination and submission form more than an echo of the SS and Nazi regalia.

Cabaret Dancer 1-horz

German Cabaret dancer circa 1930 (left) Contemporary S &M fashion (right)

87908613_7da0978810_z-horz

Tom Findland’s art 1963

Elite insider Professor Carrol Quigley in his book Tragedy and Hope, describes Captain Roehm and his cult of homosexual Storm Troopers as having staged the burning of the Reichstag, and used intimidation tactics to scare people into supporting Hitler and his Nazi party. A plot was hatched to burn the Reichstag building and blame the Communists, the historical veracity of which is now beyond dispute.

Quigley states:

“Most of the plotters were homosexuals and were able to persuade a degenerate moron from Holland named Van der Lubbe to go with them. After the building was set on fire, Van der Lubbe was left wandering about in it and was arrested…[…] Most of the plotters were homosexual [and that] ….most of the Nazis who were in on the plot were murdered during the ‘blood purge’ of June 30, 1934.” [10]

Kazimiers Moczarski a Polish journalist and anti-communist activist while in prison, conducted interviews with two German SS-men, SS-Sturmbannführer of BdS Krakau Gustaw Schielke and Nazi war criminal SS-Brigadeführer Jürgen Stroop who reported on the continued presence of homosexuals in the Nazi hierarchy, despite their persecution in Germany society:

“A policeman well acquainted with Germany’s homosexual element [spoke up and said they] kept files on all known and potential pederasts. He remarked that very few homosexuals in the NSDAP were as “indelicately” treated as was Roehm …”So maybe a few of the fags in the party did get knocked off. There were plenty of others who made out just fine. They remained active party members…..got promotions… [and were] protected by the top NSDAP brass.” [11]

SS Women were present in concentration camps and security staffing at an administrative capacity but there were no female SS officers.

The peculiar degeneration of Germany at the time does not mean to indicate homosexuality as somehow partly culpable, but why it may have formed part of the Elite’s predispositions. It seems Nazi Germany’s chaos lent itself to a vast panoply of pathological “deviancy,” where channelling psychopathy from on high was characterised by the fascism and occult leanings of the time. [12]  Equating homosexuality with Nazism and psychopathy is obviously not the intention here, nor is it to be associated with a bigoted right-wing agenda that wishes to bury the very idea of homosexuality. Yet there remains a truth that this sexual orientation may well have formed a part of occult initiation in the context of ceremonial sexual psychopathy of Heinrich Himmler’s SS and elements within the Gestapo. This in turn had implications for sexual psychopathy as a whole and according to the process of ponerisation. [13]

On this subject, author Peter Levenda offers his take:

Hitler…took a very broad-minded view of sex. Indeed, he said to have known about SA Leader Ernst Roehm’s homosexuality for years and tolerated it…a rather astounding generosity for that man in that time and place. In fact, a great many SA men were homosexuals, which should give the nervous nellies in the Pentagon pause: for the Brownshirts – the dreaded Storm Troopers; the brawling two fisted beer hall fighters; the drunken angry mob of volunteer militiamen who defeated Communism in Germany and who propelled Hitler to power – were the epitome of military machismo…and Roehm, their leader and queen was the ultimate fighting man. [14]

Although it is an established fact the Storm-troopers and many members of the Nazi military were homosexual and/or bi-sexual it is also true of those who seeded ideas into Hitler’s mind, most notably occultists Jorg Lanz Von Liebenfels and Guido von List. Lanz was a former Cistercian monk who had been excommunicated for homosexuality. After being expelled from the monastery, Lanz formed the occultic order Ordo Novi Templi or The Order of the New Temple (ONT). The ONT was an offshoot of the Ordo Templi Orientis (Order of the Eastern Temple) which practiced tantric sex rituals. Surrounding the Greek-Hellenic, Aryan, blond-haired, blue-eyed youth worship in German high society at the time was the Germen Ordnunq (Order) and the Thule Gesellschaft (Thule Society) infused by German folklore and Madam Blavatsky’s Theosophy. Hitler was introduced to the Thule Society by his occult mentor Deitrich Eckhart and went on to gain control of the German Workers Party on August 8, 1921. With General Roehm’s charismatic assistance he changed the party into the German National party, then Socialist Workers Party and ultimately to become the Nazi Party.

If the Nazi Elite that was funnelled into post war America was predominantly a pathogenic infection of psychopaths and sexual deviants, it is the whole package of Satanic perception which included, by default, a certain entropic way of life. Since there are paedophile and child rape networks operating in the States at the public level, are there also occult rituals framed around a Satanic belief system that employs Sex Magick and abuse at the apex of Establishment power?  **

220px-Bundesarchiv_Bild_102-15282A,_Ernst_Röhm

                            Ernst Roehm

Kay Griggs believes that all those in special operations are bi-sexual due to the nature of the pyramid. If you want to rise to the top then it seems that one has to start at the bottom … so to speak. Sex is the key and blackmail ensures that once there you cannot open any other doors except those that are assigned to you. It is then that a literal “conspiracy of silence” becomes more understandable; in the context of chronic sexual abuse, it requires low maintenance. If those who rebel and reject the reality of such a Faustian bargain, then threats and murder are two methods by which high ranking military officials are kept in line. Emotionally weak boys, who have low self-esteem, often from a poverty-stricken background, where mental disorders are common place, are systematically groomed for top government positions. Obviously these teenagers are easy to indoctrinate with promises of careers paved with gold which might lead to wealth and status. Meantime they become Manchurian candidates and/or part of units engaged in black operations. Based on mind control literature so far, it seems that there is a Germanic-Jewish demographic which has been most associated with such programming.

Though CIA mind control and sexual politics seems to have seeped that bit further into the Navy than other military departments, Griggs makes the assertion that the CIA is further down the ladder of influence in covert operations than we may think, this is also supported by Walter Bowart’s Operation Mind Control where it is said that the NSA is at the top of the “black arts” pyramid. Griggs posits another grouping of criminals working within the government and military that she refers to as “The Joint.” Supreme Headquarters Allied Powers Europe (SHAPE) based in Casteau, Belgium is the primary base for illicit weapons sales, narcotics and money laundering, with the army running the whole show. NATO brass may act as its protector, while in return, The Joint, based in New York, ensures the funding channels are continually open. (This brings us full circle back to the infamous region of the Dutroux case).

She then makes the link to Naples, Italy, where it is alleged that the U.S. Navy practices paedophilia and group sex as a part of the methods of initiation for future blackmail, just as it did in war-time Italy with the help of Catholic priests. It was Italian mothers of procured children who were raped in these havens that banded together to stop such activities. As the media of the time would not listen, they sought out the wives of these soldiers and officers and alerted them to the actions of their husbands and eventually brought down the German government at the end of the war.

Let us remember that the constant theme of procuring children for sexual abuse and to train them to be mercenaries, agents and assassins appears right across the history of Naval and Army intelligence. Setting up despots across the world to do European and US bidding is nothing new. Griggs confirms Dave McGowan and others’ hypotheses that many of the dictators of the past, including Pol-Pot and Mao Tse Tung and many others were “turned” via Catholic priests in the pay of mind control programming and placed in strategic geo-political situations favourable to US and Israeli interests. They are taken out when no longer useful. If we cast an eye over a handful of dictators from the recent past we can see that that has clearly been the case and is a standard geostrategic formula alongside terror tactics and the balkanzation of a targeted country. (Think Saddam Hussein, Nicolae Ceausescu, Idi Amin, Ayatollah Khomeini etc.)

From the brutal expression of Nazism there lies a “higher” expression of occult endeavour, though no less dangerous. The foot-soldiers of ceremonial psychopathy have their initiates who dispense the wisdom from on high in order to entrap the intelligentsia, having made a career of their mental acuity and hubris. Rather than being the exclusive province of the military, a sixty year old occult club has members from Christianity, academia, governmental agencies and NGOs across the globe with centres of influence in virtually every nation in Europe and the Americas.

One of those clubs is the Lucis Trust and its various affiliations operating through the United Nations and a multitude of associated organisations. From the military-occult branch of Anglo-American Establishment we have the theosophist, freemasonic and socialist beliefs expressing themselves as a the New World Religion in waiting, care of the Light Bringer – Lucifer himself.

We will take a closer look at the Lucis Trust in the next post.

 


* On April 19, 1993, in Waco, TX, Leader of the Branch Davidian David Koresh and his followers came under attack from the US Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms and the FBI. Despite the Federal authorities not obtaining a search warrant they decided to take the centre by force. According to the documentary, Waco: Rules of Engagement, and several accounts by surviving members, Federal agents acted recklessly and with intent to murder Davidian members finally setting the centre on fire and allowing more than Seventy-six men, women and children, including the sect leader, David Koresh, to die in the fire. Prior to the massacre an almost two month onslaught of PSYOPS was carried out with loud speakers which played sounds of rabbits being slaughtered, the sound of a dentist’s drill, and clips from talk shows about how David Koresh is much hated, played 24 hours a day along with flashing bright lights. For further details see the documentary film: WACO: Rules of Engagement (1997) http://www.waco93.com/
** It is noteworthy that Aleister Crowley and other occultists were firmly of the belief that young male children could be used as psychic portals via sexual activity during occult rituals. Bi-sexuality and sexual techniques of an infinite variety were part and parcel of satanic rituals. The pathogenic undercurrents gave rise to this dark inversion as a tool for the invocation of demonic influences and the initial power that comes with it. However, as is always the case with short-cut enlightenment based around intellect and material desires – it came at a price.

Notes

[1] ‘Gannongate threatens to expose a huge GOP pedophile and male prostitution ring’By Wayne Madsen, Online Journal, February 2005.
[2] L. Ron Hubbard – Messiah? Or Madman? Understanding Scientology by Margery Wakefield published in 1991 by the Coalition of Concerned Citizens (PO Box 290402, Tampa, Florida 33687), a now-defunct organization founded by Margery Wakefield.
[3]
Penthouse Interview With Ron De Wolf, L. Ron Hubbard Jr. – L. Ron Hubbard Jr. Penthouse, June 1983 | See also: Sinister Forces – A grimoire of American Political, Witchcraft By Peter Levenda (2006)].
[4] The Church of Scientology has attracted a huge number of critics as well as many Hollywood celebrities, the most vocal of which is the actor Tom Cruise. Accusations of corruption, intimidation, brainwashing, exploitation and cult-like activities have all been levelled at the organisation. They have also gained a reputation for aggressively pursuing their detractors with mafia-style intensity as many critics have discovered. With a founder like Hubbard it is small wonder that there are problems.
[5] The nature of psychiatry means that it can be easily used as a medical control for dissidents and whistleblowers. (United States District Court, District Of Connecticut: Elizabeth A. Marczeski v. Susan B. Handy, Sara Steere, Patrick K. Fox, M.D., Bruce Knox, Pramodini Desphande, M.D., Mark Puglisi, Vincent Franco And Garrell Mullaney http://www.ctd.uscourts.gov/Opinions/090904.HBF.Marczeski.pdf) Pre-trail detainees are a convenient way to ensure that those with legitimate concerns are kept out of the way of public scrutiny. Moreover, if they were not already fighting mental instability from the continual pressure and stress of initial circumstances then being locked up in a hospital for the criminally insane with a prescribed regime of drugs is enough to be a self-fulfilling prophecy. After all, “medication” can be a euphemism for an overwhelming injection of toxic substances and “quiet rooms” a place for solitary confinement.The issue of civil liberties is of the utmost importance in the US today as the constitution becomes irrevocably eroded. Someone may be involuntarily detained for psychiatric examination for a period of time (usually 24 to 72 hours depending on the state). Yet if a government official deems the individual a danger, at his opinion and in the opinion of hand-picked psychiatrists (with the required political bias) then a subject can be detained indefinitely. A judge has the power to detain, section or commit an individual based on his opinion.
As in the story of Sandra in “The Rule of Law” series illustrated, many judges are just as open to corruption as any other law and justice official. Involuntary commitment is commonly viewed as inherently unconstitutional. Though with little of the constitution left, it is logical that it is becoming wide open to politicisation and thus a perfect tool of a Pathocracy.
Many of us are aware of the Soviet Union, some Eastern European countries and presently China, using Political (and ponerized) Psychiatry to lock up dissidents and religious persons in psychiatric institutions. How many of us know that the US is gradually doing the same thing to its own people? Psychiatric Fascism is nothing new. (On June 22, 1999, the United States Supreme Court ruled in Olmstead v. L.C., against unnecessary confinement of people with disabilities, including the mentally ill, in institutions. However, in the United States, 42 States have now passed legislation allowing court-ordered involuntary treatment of outpatients with psychiatric drugs. The United States Secret Service still obtains involuntary psychiatric hospitalizations of those it believes to be a danger to protectees, without any claim that these “dangerous” individuals are “mentally ill.” As the USSS incorporates the Department of Home Security, claims of “terrorist” or “sexual abuser” can be politicised and used as a means to incarcerate and detain persons indefinitely, whatever so called constitutional amendments are applied.) Pretrail detainees linked to the “war on terrorism” and other such bogus forms of propaganda have been rising significantly, most of whom have nothing to do with any form of genuine terrorism. (“Hundreds of detainees continued to be held without charge or trial at the US naval base in Guantánamo Bay, Cuba. Thousands of people were detained during US military and security operations in Iraq and Afghanistan and routinely denied access to their families and lawyers.”- Amnesty International report on US 2005).
Detention has historically been associated with widespread abuses, from physical mistreatment to denial of detainees’ basic procedural guarantees. If we remember the ponerization via the medicalization of the law and justice system which is unequivocally fused with crime networks then we must be very worried indeed concerning the rights of dissidents and whistleblowers everywhere. The Pretrail detention system was already in a state of “crisis” some ten years previously even before the dangerous reflex of the “War on terror.” (‘The Pretrail Detention Crisis – The Causes and the Cure.’ By Douglas J. Klein, Journal of Urban and Contemporary law Vol. 52 /281. Washington University 1997.)
Abuses of detainees are still rolling in as the Pathocracy spreads its “pathogens.” Being presumed innocent until proven guilty seems to be a sadly quaint notion. Certainly, many are non-abductions and not necessarily slavery related. Nevertheless, as related in Chapter 17, the numbering of missing people in the United States continues to rise with statistics vague on root causes. The Federal government estimates over 2,300 Americans are missing everyday and around 900,000 persons per year. No wonder trafficking and slavery networks can run their businesses with relative ease.
[6] Tatar, Maria Lustmord: Sexual Murder in Weimar Germany (1997)
[7] pp.123-127; The Mass Psychology of Fascism by Wilhelm Reich, Published by Penguin, 1970.
[8] Lively. Scott; Abrams, Kevin, The Pink Swastika: Homosexuality in the Nazi Party . Published Founders Publishing Corp. (1995) | ISBN-10: 0964760908.
[9]
[10] op. cit. Quigley (p.437)
[11] pp.38-39; Rozmowy z katem (Conversations with an Executioner) by Kazimiers Moczarski, published by Prentice-hall, Inc. 1977.
[12] The following quotation from Jose Landowsky’s banned Red Symphony written between 1936-1938. The conversation between a government Stalinist and his assassin explains the psychological “predisposition” at the time of Nazi Germany’s pathocratic rule and the Communist knowledge of its use for blackmail. The background to the dialogue is connected to a German officer of the Armed Forces High Command or the Oberkommando der Wehrmacht (OKW) who is forced to become double agent for Russia when found by the Cheka Secret Police (GPU) having sexual relations with his lover called “Fritz.”
p.291: “In the war, in our war, we take advantage of the virtues and moral of the adversary… In your case, doctor, it’s the parental love. We turn those bourgeois principles into efficient weapons. But the bourgeoisie does not only possess virtues; it has also vices […] It is rare to find a person, especially if he belongs to certain families or occupies a high position, not having any flaws or vices. The thing is to find out what it is, to prove it and to use it against the person. Where death threats fail, a ‘chantage’ exerted with art, always wins. […] A man then goes back to his country. He will have to shut up or praise, according to each case. If he’s a politician he will have to serve us. If he’s a member of the military or a diplomat, he will have to betray. […] If the weapon we use was well known, then nobody would be surprised any more of all the very many unexpected treasons that are done in our favour.
[…] they must go on as if nothing had happened. […] Sabotaging, softening things out and changing the opinion of the sectors that are the most opposed to us. “It is an inexplicable and unexplained fact that we have big sympathies in the hierarchy of the German military and even inside the Nazi party. […] If in Versailles the factor of resentment and despair played a role, this intimate chaos inside every German also had a big part to play. Yes, those have been factors, but those who played with these factors were men, if we can actually call them men, whose degeneration put them in our hands.” (Landowsky, 1950) A German who is forced to become double agent for Russia from the Oberkommando der Wehrmacht or German Armed Forces High Command (OKW) and his gay lover.
[13] The homo-eroticism inherent in much of gay S&M, black leather regalia comes down the generations with a decidedly strong homage to the SS jackboot and Nazi Chic. What is culturally significant is why the allusions and use of Nazi fashion in this particular form of sexual expression? It is noteworthy that much of the S&M ethos can be traced back to gay male leather culture, in turn stemming from the biker culture which formalized itself out of the group of men who were soldiers returning home after World War II.
[14] op. cit. Levenda, (p.129)

 


Save

See also: Nazi Occult and Mind Control

Trump Hysteria, Left Hypocrisy and the Four Drivers of the Deep-State / Overworld Part III

Satan’s Little Helpers VII: Mind War

“An academic paper written for the Air Force in the mid-1990s mentions the idea of a weapon that would use sound waves to send words into a person’s head. “The signal can be a ‘message from God’ that can warn the enemy of impending doom, or encourage the enemy to surrender.” In 2002, the Air Force Research Laboratory patented precisely such a technology: using microwaves to send words into someone’s head. The patent was based on human experimentation in October 1994 at the Air Force lab, where scientists were able to transmit phrases into the heads of human subjects.

   — Washington Post article on electronic harassment and voices in the head, January 14, 2007.


In 1991, Paul Vallely, a one-time senior military analyst for FOX News, retired from the US Army as Deputy Commanding General, US Army, and Pacific. He served 32 years, more than 15 of them in Special Operations, Psychological and Civil-Military Operations. After co-authoring Endgame – Blueprint for Victory for Winning the War on Terror, he wrote a military paper with the late Lt. Col. Michael Aquino in 1980 entitled: From PSYOPS to Mindwar: The Psychology of Victory.

In the introduction we read:

“Like the sword Excalibur, we have but to reach out and seize this tool; and it can transform the world for us if we have the courage and the integrity to change civilization with it. If we do not accept Excalibur, then we relinquish our ability to inspire foreign cultures with our morality. If they then desire moralities unsatisfactory to us, we have no choice but to fight them on a more brutish level.” [1] [Emphasis mine]

The above text is breath-taking in its assumed superiority and delusional romanticism in keeping with present authoritarianism. Mind War has a lot to do with deception and perception management. It is also about tactical and strategic war for the mass mind. Most importantly, it concerns the imposition of a neo-feudalist mentality that naturally sees others as inferior and in desperate need of management. You might say this is military PSYOPS from a Neo-Conservative perspective. It does not exclude the use of a chilling warning that they must descend to a level that is “brutish” in order to fulfil their aims.

This seems to be what is taking place within the military-intelligence apparatus at this time – the philosophy of the brute who masks his core deviance in “civilised” forms that must be must be let loose in response to the “unsatisfactory” moralities of normal people which make no sense at all to the psychopath. It is the management and eventual eradication of those that harbour conscience as the only option open to them.  Not only is this a typical regurgitation of an American fascist doctrine so popular with the Straussian Zio-Cons, it could also said to fit in rather nicely with the principles of a Satanic path where the perceived “whole truth” is “forced into existence” arrogantly attempting to displace the will of Creation.

satan-shown-as-the-fallen-angel-after-having-been-smittenThose following a form of existential Satanism view themselves as the subjective centre of the universe, and strive to elevate the individual Self as a form of exclusive “self-love.” A Satanist views him/herself as his or her own god of matter in waiting. The La Veyian Satanist maintains that those who find themselves naturally aligned with Satanism should strive to separate themselves from the herd mentality adopting an “enlightened individualism”; to maintain it as much as possible in order to learn to exploit the naïveté and misguided altruism of the masses. This was exactly the same belief which came out of the Age of Enlightenment and the Illuminism responsible for its development. As Anton LaVey states: “Are we not all predatory animals by instinct? If humans ceased wholly from preying upon each other, could they continue to exist?”

A fairly succinct description from the ceremonial psychopath.

According to the Temple of Set website there is an impression of romantic science and freedom fighting for the soul which has its roots in the original LaVey Church of Satan where this God of the Material plane was understood to be “an authentic metaphysical presence: a being not evil, but rather independent, assertive, and creative – a true Prince of Darkness after the imagery of Milton, Blake, Baudelaire, and Twain.”

Quite true. However, if it were just a question of “personal Godhood” and the observation of ethics and responsibility then there would be no distinction to make save the semantics of individual and collective freedom. Knowledge as a means for self-sucking power and knowledge as an energy disbursement based around sharing seems to be the obvious and key distinction. In other words: service to self or service to others? The Satanist as deceiver has been left out of the seemingly pious and humble explanations of practicing Satanists, most of who are pandering to the dilettante. Embroider the concepts with suitable romance and chemistry of the cool and the pied piper wins every time.

Regardless, on the lower tiers of such occult theology, Aquino and his ilk will no doubt attract their naïve followers charmed by flowery words and earnest intentions. They are nevertheless, the “Chosen Ones” and part of the pyramid of diminishing returns; a monolithic culture of predation that requires more and more amounts of energy in order to sustain itself. Deception is the primary mode of acquiring such energy.

In summary, “the world inside the devil” is concerned with the occult maxim of “Will to Power,” tied as it is to one’s own individualistic intent and will – which is effectively a God in Diapers spellbound by phenomena and manipulation of the material and para-physical worlds. Therefore, for those who are by nature, self-seeking adherents to an exclusive Self-Godhood, the results will be strictly material in every sense of the word, which is why “The Absolute” of the material plane is worshipped in Satanism with an inherent and chosen blindness to its obvious limitations. The tangible effects of individual power as the arbiter of one’s own “truth” is entirely subjective thus insubstantial and transistory. One’s psychic power will be impressive as long as one relishes the Kundalini-chemicals and the biology to sense it. Once these feats of daring-do expire as a flame that rapidly burns up a limited provision of “fuel,” one can imagine that such a Faustian bargain will require recompense. The worshipping of personal power will then give you the same – a primal and ultimate absorption into Dark matter.

In reality, whether on the periphery in the early stages, it is conceivable that such Satanic outposts are openings to the honeycomb networks of further recruits to be controlled in a variety of ways once they have reached a suitable “degree.” This “brutish level” of which Aquino and Vallely speak incorporates all manner of propaganda operations spawned from a shadow government’s obsession with mass mind control experiments so valued by the CIA and NSA. Propaganda is never enough. Controlling the mind, body and soul of the populace is the goal.

If that sounds as if it’s veering into conspiratorial paranoia, let’s not forget the history of deep black operations in America. Richard M. Dolan’s research reminds us: “By early 1969, teams within the CIA were running a number of bizarre experiments in mind control under the name Operation Often. In addition to the normal assortment of chemists, biologists, and conventional scientists, the operation employed psychics and experts in demonology.” [2] Indeed, Operation Often had its roots in the 1950 and 60s mind control experiments of Dr. Ewan Cameron and the LSD experiments of Sidney Gottlieb, mentioned previously. The evolution of extremes meant that the CIA behaviourists studied the arcana of the occult underground in the hope of utilising its principles. [3]

Returning to Mind War the following extract is equally pertinent:

For the mind to believe in its own decisions, it must feel that it made those decisions without coercion. Coercive measures used by the operative, consequently, must not be detectable by ordinary means. There is no need to resort to mind-weakening drugs such as those explored by the CIA; in fact the exposure of a single such method would do unacceptable damage to Mind War’s reputation for truth. Existing PSYOP identifies purely-sociological factors which suggest appropriate idioms for messages. Doctrine in this area is highly developed, and the task is basically one of assembling and maintaining individuals and teams with enough expertise and experience to apply the doctrine effectively. This, however, is only the sociological dimension of target receptiveness measures. There are some purely natural conditions under which minds may become more or less receptive to ideas, and Mind War should take full advantage of such phenomena as atmospheric electromagnetic activity, air ionization, and extremely low frequency waves.  [Emphasis mine] [4]

As we have seen, behaviour modification, ultrasonics and brain stimulation obsessively researched in pre and post-war Britain and America was followed by the study of the effects of very-low-frequency sound (VLF)—the opposite of ultrasonics—as a new tool for war and social control. Declassified Pentagon reports show the application of Lowe Frequency Sound (LFS) for interrupting and eliminating the productive capacity of civilian populations during war time. It has been known since at least the experimental days of Nikola Tesla, that natural wave formation exists between the earth and the ionosphere which could be used to propagate very-low-frequency radiation and direct it to pre-selected coordinates on the earth. Further studies have shown that this had massive implications for mind control in that such low frequencies have a profound capacity to affect the electrical behaviour of the brain. As the alpha waves of the human brain oscillate at 8-12 hertz per second and ionospheric waves at 8 hertz this indicates that the latter is an excellent harmonic carrier of LFS waves which are near on impossible to detect due to their size. Manipulating the minds of a large number of people is therefore not so fantastic.

Earth-Wallpaper

© infrakshun

The Establishment and its military-intelligence apparatus has assiduously fought public and media attention on foreign or domestic capabilities of microwave and radiation technology since the early 1960s. This is true even for government departments, partly in fear of provoking restrictions on the use of radar but more importantly, drawing attention to its own experimentation in these fields, including the rise in so-called “non-lethal” weaponry. Though occasional fears were voiced in the US Senate and European governments about the effects of radiation from televisions and partial concerns about microwave ovens, very little action was taken to investigate the sources and possible dark-side applications of this technology at the military level.

Most scientists dismiss the idea that electromagnetic radiation beamed at the brain can alter the brain and produce changes in behaviour. Environmental degradation and economic disparity prove much more of an impediment to innovation let alone the advancement of technology developing along sinister lines. It is a favourite blind-spot of the liberal left as it is the moderate Conservative. Once again, this is testament to human wishful thinking. The parasite, if it reaches significant numbers and continues to feed on its host will pay no heed to its demise. It will willingly go down with the ship if need be. Similarly, expenditure and innovation in the wrong hands follows the path of least resistance and in this case it is ignorance which furnishes the needed circumnavigation of checks and balances which the general public assumes to be in place.

From an array of source publications at the back of Mind War it is obvious that Aquino was drawing from information illustrated in the following extract which shaped his vision of the future and the basis from which one branch of current mind technology is developing.

We are told that:

“ELF (extremely low frequency) waves (up to 100 Hz) … are naturally occurring, but they can also be produced artificially … ELF waves are not normally noticed by the unaided senses, yet their resonant effect upon the human body has been connected to both physiological disorders and emotional distortion. Infrasound vibration (up to 20 Hz) can subliminally influence brain activity to align itself to delta, theta, alpha, or beta wave patterns, inclining an audience toward everything from alertness to passivity. Infrasound could be used tactically, as ELF waves endure for great distances; and it could be used in conjunction with media broadcasts as well.” [5]

If the human brain can be aligned to infrasound through media broadcasts, what does that say about our ability to think critically and access thoughts which are truly our own? What is the stage and level of application after more than thirty years since the publication of MindWar ? Moreover, would we even know if we were on the receiving end of this “doctrine”?

fundamentals_effects

c/o http://www.narda-sts.us/ High Frequency and Low Frequency effects on the human body

Advocates of a world-wide conspiracy of Satanic Ritual Abuse believed that the reason that cases have not resulted in prosecution is due to the accused having the protection of the courts and the government. This is undoubtedly true in some, perhaps even the majority of cases. However, as we have discovered, the divide and rule formula of the Pathocracy keeps all parties blind.

As Aquino was busy clearing “his good name” however unconvincingly, he rightly mentioned a book called Michelle Remembers which started the whole hysteria of “satanic panic.” Countless accusations and allegations led to the imprisonment of the innocent, while giving cover to the guilty. It was in fact, a work of fiction that was presented as fact and later shown to be a hoax. [6]

Author and historian Laura Knight-Jadczyk offers up a controversial hypothesis in relation to the so-called grey alien abduction theory *and SRA,[7] both of which arrived on the scene at exactly the same time. Allegations of SRA were whipped up into a frenzy of religious persecution and “‘moral entrepreneurs’ both fed the fires of prosecution and earned a good living from it.” She asks: “If there are thousands of baseless accusations of SRA and thousands upon thousands of cases of unverifiable alien abductions, from where do they originate?” [8]

Knight-Jadczyk reiterates the puzzle that children would not make up stories of such bizarre acts of abuse which are often so explicit and beyond the knowledge of children of preschool age. Stories are also taken at face value by prosecutors, therapists, police officers and parents. Sometimes they are correct but frequently they are wrong. While establishing that many ufology and New Age operatives are often part of counter-intelligence programs (CoIntelpro) designed to hoodwink the populace into dead-end alley ways of awareness, she mentions certain figures coming together at the same juncture, suggestive of intelligence manoeuvres designed to manipulate the public mind.

In keeping with Mind War and the above hypothesis, Richard M. Dolan offers us more to chew on:

By the early 1970s, there were already means available to alter the moods of unsuspecting persons. A pocket-sized transmitter generating electromagnetic energy at less than 100 milliwatts could do the job. This is no pie-in-the-sky theory. In 1972, Dr. J.F. McDonald testified before the House Subcommittee on Oceans and International Environment on the issue of electromagnetic weapons used for mind control and mental disruption. He stated:
[T]he basic notion was to create, between the electrically charged ionosphere in the higher part of the atmosphere and conducting layers of the surface of the Earth, this neutral cavity, to create waves, electrical waves that would be tuned to the brain waves. …About ten cycles per second. …You can produce changes in behavioral patterns or in responses.

The following year, Dr. Joseph C. Sharp, at Walter Reed Hospital, while in a soundproof room, was able to hear spoken words broadcast by ‘pulsed microwave audiogram.’ These words were broadcast to him without any implanted electronic translation device. Rather, they reached him by direct transmission to the brain. [9] [Emphasis mine]

Aquino’s prescient statement that psychological operations: “… should take full advantage of such phenomena as atmospheric electromagnetic activity, air ionization, and extremely low frequency waves,” then takes on a much richer meaning. This posits the idea that a mass mind control program may be in operation where some Satanic Ritual Abuse and alien abduction scenarios are beamed into our very heads. [10]

gwen-satellite

Gwen Towers and satellite networks

Unlikely as that may seem, the technology to manipulate our collective minds is already in operation in the military-corporate sector. Moreover, commercial patents finding their way to the public arena are many years, possibly several decades behind military applications. New innovations away from the media and public scrutiny will be far in advance of anything available in the market place and will not be designed for wholly benevolent applications – of that we can be certain. For instance, the NSA’s electronic surveillance system is already monitoring and handling millions of data on the global population every hour of every day. Despite the revelations from Edward Snowden and other whistleblowers before him we may have a way to go before we hit the bottom of this particular deep, dark barrel.

Consider this:

“Each of us has a unique bioelectrical resonance frequency in the brain, just like we have unique fingerprints. With electro-magnetic frequency (EMF) brain stimulation fully coded, pulsating electromagnetic signals can be sent to the brain, causing the desired voice and visual effects to be experienced by the target. This is a form of electronic warfare. U.S. astronauts were implanted before they were sent into space so their thoughts could be followed and all their emotions could be registered 24hrs a day.” [11]

Michael Persinger is a Canadian clinical neurophysicist and professor of neuroscience with over 200 peer-reviewed publications based around his work on the effects of electromagnetic fields upon biological organisms and human behaviour. Persinger also has voluminous work in the field of parapsychology and altered states of consciousness and has worked closely with the US Navy after attracting their attention with his paper entitled ‘Possible cardiac driving by an external rotating magnetic field’ in 1973. It is said that Persinger’s experiments were able to replicate alien abduction, and offer evidence of telepathy and remote viewing through the use of what he calls a “Magic Helmet” which is equipped with magnets allowing a low-level magnetic field to be generated and beamed at the temporal lobe.

Persinger’s work with the military comprised of using varying fields of low intensity in the ultra-low frequency (ELF) range and where he was able to make numerous rats sick and with consistent results. As a result, he is alleged to have been one of those who took part in Project Sleeping Beauty which was created by the NSA to develop electromagnetic weapons for behaviour modification. [12]  A participant in one of Persinger’s experiments in the 1990s, Dr. Susan Blackmore of Plymouth University was in no doubt that by applying a “silent and invisible force” into her brain he was able to create a specific experience for her.

Blackmore states:

“He claimed that he was imitating the basic sequences of the processes of memory and perception and that, by varying those sequences, he could control my experience. Could he have done it from a distance? Could it be done on a wider scale? Suddenly prospects of magnetic mind control seem an awful lot worse than the idea of being abducted by imaginary aliens…” [13]

That is not to say that all “alien” abductions are imaginary. However, what we can imagine is how such “progress” could be manifesting in our present era of rapid technological advancement and it doesn’t look pretty. We are in the technotronic era of mass mind control with the possibility that applications have advanced to such a degree that instead of targeting just individuals, whole populations can be affected.

Up until 2013, HAARP (High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program) was a vital piece of experimental armoury in U.S. military defence officially designated as an advanced weather research project focused on the ionosphere. Based in Garkona, Alaska, it is jointly funded by the U.S. Navy, the U.S. Air Force, the University of Alaska, and the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA).

Its true nature has always been cloaked in mystery due in part, to an official stance of “national security.” It seems part of the experimentation involves the use of electromagnetic frequencies and directed energy beams pulsed into the delicate upper layer of the atmosphere called the ionosphere around 1000 km above the Earth’s surface. The aim is to heat up specific areas which can create lenses of magnified effects. On the official website at http://www.haarp.alaska.edu/we can read: “HAARP is a scientific endeavor aimed at studying the properties and behavior of the ionosphere, with particular emphasis on being able to understand and use it to enhance communications and surveillance systems for both civilian and defense purposes.”

Though the creation and development of HAARP is shrouded in secrecy, Physicist Dr. Bernard Eastlund has given us a lot of food for thought from his US patent entitled: “Method and apparatus for altering a region in the earth’s atmosphere, ionosphere, and/or magnetosphere” filed in 1985. If such a patent can be made available publicly you can be sure classified research is well in advance of similar prototypical research.

From the patent, he states:

[The] temperature of the ionosphere has been raised by hundreds of degrees in these experiments.

A means and method is provided to cause interference with or even total disruption of communications over a very large portion of the earth. This invention could be employed to disrupt not only land based communications, both civilian and military, but also airborne communications and sea communications. This would have significant military implications.

It is possible … to take advantage of one or more such beams to carry out a communications network even though the rest of the world’s communications are disrupted.

[This invention] can be used to an advantage for positive communication and eavesdropping purposes.

Exceedingly large amounts of power can be very efficiently produced and transmitted.

This invention has a phenomenal variety of … potential future developments. Large regions of the atmosphere could be lifted to an unexpectedly high altitude so that missiles encounter unexpected and unplanned drag forces with resultant destruction or deflection. Weather modification is possible by, for example, altering upper atmosphere wind patterns or altering solar absorption patterns by constructing one or more plumes of atmospheric particles which will act as a lens or focusing device. Ozone, nitrogen, etc. concentrations in the atmosphere could be artificially increased.

Electromagnetic pulse defenses are also possible. The earth’s magnetic field could be decreased or disrupted at appropriate altitudes to modify or eliminate the magnetic field.

Though differing in scope and logistical capabilities, this is exactly the type of experimentation which HAARP is exploring,  building on Nicola Tesla’s extraordinary research into electromagnetism, earth energies and its relationship to the bio-chemical nature of the human body. Though many researchers posit HAARP was in reality a vast geo-engineering project linked to reducing climate change by saturating the atmosphere with specific chemicals – the infamous chemtrails controversy – it seems this was a sub-division of experimental research and a likely cover for something far sinister. The real action was in long rumoured experimental mass mind control and in line with the US military’s goal of “full-spectrum dominance” by 2020.

HAARPThe High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP)

Author and researcher Nick Begich Jr. and his influential book: Angels Don’t Play This HAARP suggested that experiments in vibrating the ionosphere have greatly advanced  to the extent that earthquakes, tsunamis and hurricanes can be triggered (Hurricane Katrina, 2005, Haitian earthquake of 2009) and localised as part of an on-going geostrategy. More importantly, he theorises that it is the product of decades of research which has resulted in a mind control device of considerable power. The HAARP system is capable of transmitting on an array of frequencies – including that of the human brain.

But is that true? Conclusive evidence is obviously hard to come by. However, reading between the lines of decades of proven experiments in mind programming, huge advances in military technology such as Silent Sound Spectrum is very far from fantasy. Begich’s claims and that of other researchers are supported by public patents relating to HAARP, which include:

  • C. W. Hansell (1945) “Communication system by pulses through the Earth”, U.S. Patent 2,389,432.
  • R. L. Tanner (1965) “Extremely low-frequency antenna”, U.S. Patent 3,215,937.
  • G. F. Leydorf (1966) “Antenna near field coupling system”, U.S. Patent 3,278,937.
  • B. J. Eastlund (1987). “Method and apparatus for altering a region in the Earth’s atmosphere, ionosphere, and/or magnetosphere”, U.S. Patent 4,686,605.
  • B. J. Eastlund (1991). “Method for producing a shell of relativistic particles at an altitude above the earths surface”, U.S. Patent 5,038,664.

The history of DARPA’s main avenue of research has always been neuroscience, nanoscience and cybernetics adapted to military applications. Though often designated as a classic conspiracy theory and therefore with a “nothing- to-see-here” implications, it appears even the European Parliament expressed unease at the HAARP project in January 28 1999 stating in the minutes of the document “Resolution on the environment, security and foreign policy A4-0005/1999” that it: “… considers HAARP by virtue of its far-reaching impact on the environment to be a global concern and calls for its legal, ecological and ethical implications to be examined by an international independent body before any further research and testing.” It highlights the United States’ refusal to give more information on the nature of HAARP as “regrettable.”

The late Rauni Kilde MD, former Chief Medical Officer of Finland, lectured and wrote about an NSA Mind Control system using radio implants and microchips connected to satellites that are similar to what can be find in past “NSA PSYOPS” documents. Kilde writes: “With electro-magnetic frequency (EMF) brain stimulation fully coded, pulsating electromagnetic signals can be sent to the brain, causing the desired voice and visual effects to be experienced by the target. This is a form of electronic warfare.” Most certainly. And this form of extreme harassment is increasing, though by its very nature, it is notoriously difficult to obtain the evidence, assuming of course that prosecution is a viable option.

Citizens Against Human Rights Abuse (CAHRA) supports many of the claims of systematic surveillance stalking and virtual torture via electromagnetic waves and electronic interference not just within the U.S. The disturbing nature of the NSA and its famously secret activities no doubt produces its fair share of internet bunkum. Equally, there is far too much correlative and corroborative evidence from a variety of sources to suggest that it is merely conspiracy “cranking” at work. It may well be all in the mind, but not in the way some may prefer to think. The capabilities of the U.S. military’s on going EMF strategies to harass, intimidate and even murder selected individuals was highlighted in a Project Censored paper from a human rights perspective and also explores the testing and deployment of these weapons.

3183322190_eb492da7f9

Author of The Mind Controllers Dr. Armen Victorian wrote about the military use of electromagnetic microwave and mind control technology in a 1998 article for Lobster Magazine called: ‘Microwave and Mind Control Technology.’ He explores the capability of cloning human EEGs for targeted mind control purposes where a variety of emotional responses and instinctive reactions: “… have been identified and isolated from the EEG, as ‘emotion signature clusters’.” He goes on to state: “Their relevant frequencies and amplitudes have been measured, then the very frequency/amplitude cluster is synthesised and stored on another computer, each one of these negative emotions properly and separately tagged. “They are then placed on the Silent Sound carrier frequencies and will silently trigger the occurrence of the same basic emotion in another human being.” [14]

It appears that The Tri-Service Electromagnetic Advisory Panel (TERP) represents the interests of all three military services in the U.S. It is still conducting some of the most advanced research in the world which in turn stems from the investigations made by the Russian pioneers in mind control technology during the early 1960s and 1970s. The U.S. Air Force has been research into ocular injury by exposure to millimetre wave system, bio-effects of High Power Microwave in low microwave regions (S band) and Radio Frequency Radiation (RFR). The use of High Power Microwave (HMP), by each of the military services seems to be commonplace. Judging by the wealth of research on the subject the US Navy is also getting extremely excited at the prospect of utilizing electro-magnetic waves as a psychotronic weapon.

We may then understand how invasions like Iraq represented an opportunity to test out new developments in scalar and microwave weaponry and other aberrations. As Guardian columnist John Sutherland put it: “The battlefield will be the testing ground for the U.S. samurai. No more rhesus monkeys or pigs but real, live Iraqis.” According to Dr. Oliver Lowry who has had the dubious honour of working for the U.S. military on several classified projects, Iraqi soldiers may have been unwitting guinea pigs to further such advances.

These include:

… Silent Sound Spread Spectrum (SSSS), sometimes called SQUAD…’According to statements made by captured and deserting Iraqi soldiers, however, the most devastating and demoralizing programming was the first known military use of the new, high-tech, type of subliminal messages referred to as ultra-high-frequency “Silent Sounds” or “Silent Subliminals”. Although completely silent to the human ear, the negative voice messages placed on the tapes alongside the audible programming by PSYOPS psychologists were clearly perceived by subconscious minds of the Iraqi soldiers and the silent messages completely demoralized them and instilled a perpetual feeling of fear and hopelessness in their minds.” [15]

We live our lives inside the earth’s magnetic field, with its waves descending into the North Pole and emerging from the South Pole. The electromagnetic-wave conduction of the ionosphere is made up of electrically charged particles which protect us from solar winds. The Schumann Waves and their resonance consist of various natural waves produced by electrical discharge in this part of the atmosphere, the strongest of which is about 7.8 Hz. The electromagnetic space between the earth and he ionosphere contain these naturally occurring waves which occur at extremely low frequency (ELF).

What is interesting for those seeking new ways to control is the fact that the waves of the earth correspond exactly to human brain waves. As decades of hypno-programming and mind control research has shown governments are fascinated by biorhythms, magnetism, blood and geomagnetic resonance. Combine this with high-end advances in military applications gift-wrapped in a transhumanist belief system – we have a recipe for a technocratic control system that is historically unparalleled.

One theory for HAARP is based around the long held view that if these technophiles can create an artificial grid of geomagnetic waves by contouring and the earth’s natural geomagnetic field, then manipulating humanity’s brain waves would be the ultimate prize. This would take care of a lot of messy problems such as independent thinking and the common man’s quest for freedom. Obedience to the World State in formation would  be child’s play.  Such a scenario would mean that an artificial grid would be created by employing very low frequency (VLF) ground waves on the ground by a network of Ground Wave Emergency Network transmitters (GWEN). Constructed in 1980 around 58 have been officially erected across the United States, though 300 has been the aim. The GWEN towers were officially built in order to maintain defence communications in case of nuclear war, yet they have been plagued by the same problems from which they were designed to protect telecommunication systems. Yet, VLF is known to alter human brain waves with transmissions between 150 and 175 KHz.

According author and expert in electrical engineering and human biorhythms Dr. Robert O. Becker the purpose of GWEN is unequivocal, describing them as: “… a superb system, in combination with cyclotron resonance, for producing behavioural alterations in the civilian population.”  In his book Crosscurrents: The Perils of Electro-pollution  he wrote:

“The average strength of the steady geomagnetic field varies from place to place across the United States. Therefore, if one wished to resonate a specific ion in living things in a specific locality, one would require a specific frequency for that location. The spacing of GWEN transmitters 200 miles apart across the United States would allow such specific frequencies to be ‘tailored’ to the geomagnetic-field strength in each GWEN area.” [16]

More interesting still is the fact that the electromagnetic VLF signal travels via waves that stay close to the ground rather radiating out into our atmosphere; hanging heavy at the height of cities and homes. An artificially induced magnetic cavity straddles the whole of the United States saturating land and people in radio, Wi-Fi and low frequency waves.

Researcher and author C.B. Baker from his article ‘New World Order & ELF Psychotronic Tyranny’ observes:

“The alpha-wave frequency of the human brain is eight to twelve hertz (cycles per second). The ionospheric wave guide oscillates at eight hertz, making it a good harmonic carrier of low-frequency sound (LFS) waves (infrasound). These are such long waves that they are virtually impossible to detect. Pentagon reports apply LFS to demobilising the productive capacity of a civilian population in time of war.”

Working in partnership with HAARP, the GWEN towers may be acting as transducers for specifically modified electromagnetic waves which are then programmed to change the mood of people in specific states to an entire nation. In the realm of speculation but a very real possibility nonetheless. In combination with a new technocracy our technology in the military and defence sector desperately needs further exploration and oversight from independent monitors, backed up by law.

rat

© infrakshun

And so here we are in 2013. Could HAARP be doing exactly the same by targeting vast numbers of people at specific coordinates? Geoengineering the weather seems to be the dominant theme in relation to HAARP objectives, but is it the primary purpose? We must bear in mind that most of the patents in the public domain are unlikely to reflect the true picture. Rather, they may be largely disinformation, damage control or tangential research deemed nonthreatening and which camouflage deep black operations far from oversight. If the capture and modulation of electromagnetic fields is taking place to control brainwave patterns on a massive scale then it logically follows that it is part of the same recurring desire for complete control of the global population.

Generating enormous amounts of fear from an epidemic of Satanic abuse, alien abductions, paedophile predators; climate change; religious Jihad and Judgement Day, all filtered through a compliant and solipsistic media is the order of the day. It doesn’t mean that there is no truth to the accusations and that they do not take place – perhaps all the above examples have some aspect of a core truth. But what if these memes are reinforced by beaming them straight into our heads? Perhaps it is more about the way in which these facts and hypotheses are presented, riding as they do atop the runaway trains of personal beliefs and assumptions; that the frequency, context and root cause for such horrors may be very different than we think. Qui bono? Who benefits? This is the question that needs to be asked over and over.

For persons such as Aquino and so many other occultists deep in the pit of military-intelligence, they are waiting to make their move to exert total control which is rationalised through philosophy, religion or corporatism. As occult expert Peter Levenda stated there is: “… a peculiar breed of dark magician …who are little more than frustrated SS officers yearning for the day when a magically oriented totalitarianism regime takes the field once more and settles the world’s problems by the oldest and simplest expedient available, the two step formula of exclusion and annihilation.” [17]

 


* Alien Abduction: “subjectively real memories of being taken secretly against one have will by apparently nonhuman entities and subjected to complex physical and psychological procedures.” (The Abduction Experience: A Critical Evaluation of Theory and Evidence by Stuart Appelle, Journal of UFO Studies, n.s. 6, 1995/96, pp. 29–78).

Notes

[1] p.7; From PSYOPS to Mindwar: The Psychology of Victory by Colonel Paul E. Valley and Major Michael A. Aquino, 1980. | http://www.xeper.org/maquino/nm/MindWar.pdf
[2] op. cit. Dolan (p. 361)
[3] Even as early as 1964 the use of Occult rituals and themes was an accepted part of Psychological warfare and planning. Africa was a continent that was not only exploited for its resources and people but for “Witchcraft, Sorcery, Magic and Other Psychological Phenomena” which was one study underwritten by the same CIA front, the (MKULTRA) Human Ecology Fund. This gathered valuable data for the Bureau of Social Science Research (BSSR) the source of countless studies of Psychological Warfare on Eastern European countries. The Belgian administration in the Congo was one beneficiary of such studies allowing the power struggle within the Republic to side with a pro-US government.
[4]
op. cit. Valley, Aquino (pp.9-10)
[5]
op. cit. Marshall
[6]
‘Michelle Remembers: the Debunking of a Myth’ by Denna Allen and Janet Midwinter, The Mail on Sunday, Spetember 30, 1990; and from the Pagan Protection Centre an article by Kerr Cuhulain ‘Michelle Remembers’excerpt from reader comments, on the online bookstore Amazon.com: “I am speaking as a former ‘ritual abuse survivor’ who has now disavowed all of my ‘repressed memories’. This book is dangerous. And, I completely disagree with everyone who says ‘doesn’t matter if it’s fact or fiction’? Are you nuts?? People have had their lives ruined over allegations like this. This book played a major part in my ‘memories’. My advice is that ‘ritual abuse survivors’ need to find decent therapists.’”
[7]
“The Greys (or Grays, also known as Roswell Blue-Greys, Zetas or Reticulians after the ζ Reticuli star system) are a type of alleged intelligent extraterrestrial life that appears most commonly in modern UFO conspiracy theories and other UFO-related paranormal phenomena, especially the alien abduction phenomenon. Greys have largely replaced “little green men” as the stereotypical extraterrestrial of popular culture.” – (Wikipedia online encyclopaedia at wikipedia.org).
[8]
‘CoIntelpro is at work in the New Age’ By Laura Knight-Jadczyk , June 12, 2003. http://www.cassiopaea.org.
[9] op. cit. Dolan (p. 382)
[10]
While the use of HAARP and “chemtrails,” ionsphere applications are not within the remit of this book to explore further, readers are encouraged to do their own research into these subjects as the implications are far from pie in the sky.
[11] “When a 5-micromillimeter microchip (the diameter of a strand of hair is 50 micromillometers) is placed into optical nerve of the eye, it draws neuroimpulses from the brain that embody the experiences, smells, sights and voice of the implanted person. Once transferred and stored in a computer, these neuroimpulses can be projected back to the person’s brain via the microchip to be re-experienced. Using a RMS, a land-based computer operator can send electromagnetic messages (encoded as signals) to the nervous system, affecting the target’s performance. With RMS, healthy persons can be induced to see hallucinations and to hear voices in their heads. || Every thought, reaction, hearing and visual observation causes a certain neurological potential, spikes, and patterns in the brain and its electromagnetic fields, which can now be decoded into thoughts, pictures and voices. Electromagnetic stimulation can therefore change a person’s brainwaves and affect muscular activity, causing painful muscular cramps experienced as torture.” – from ‘Microchip Implants, Mindcontrol, and Cybernetics’ by Rauni-Leena Luukanen-Kilde, MD Former Chief Medical Officer of Finland, SPEKULA, 3rd Quarter, October 23, 1999.
[12]‘Mind control’ by Glenn Krawczyk, New Scientist, 17 December 1994, Magazine issue 1956.
[13] ‘Alien abduction’ By Susan Blckmore New Scientist, 19 November 1994, 29-31.
[14] The Mind Controllers By Dr. Armen Victorian, Lobster Magazine,1998.
[15] Ibid.
[16] p.303; Becker, Robert Crosscurrents: The Perils of Electro-pollution (1990).
[17] p.343; Unholy Alliance: A History of Nazi Involvement with the Occult by Peter Levenda, published by Continuum books, 2002 | ISBN-10: 0826414095

Satan’s Little Helpers III: Nazi-Occult and Mind Control

“Nothing is so unworthy of a civilized nation as allowing itself to be governed without opposition by an irresponsible clique that has yielded to base instinct. Who among us has any conception of the dimensions of shame that will befall us and our children when one day the veil has fallen from our eyes and the most horrible of crimes – crimes that infinitely out-distance every human measure – reach the light of day?”

The White Rose Society, a German resistance group whose members were imprisoned and executed during Hitler’s reign for creating and distributing anti-Nazi leaflets.


In his farewell address to the nation in 1960, President Dwight Eisenhower gave his famous warning about the military industrial complex. Eisenhower was a man who, like Woodrow Wilson many years before him, had a up-close-and-personal knowledge of whom he spoke:

“Our military organization today bears little relation to that known of any of my predecessors in peacetime—or,indeed, by fighting men of World War II or Korea.

Until the latest of our world conflicts, the United States had no armaments industry. We annually spend on military security alone more than the net income of all United States corporations.

Now this conjunction of an immense military establishment and a large arms industry is new in the American experience. The total influence—economic, political, even spiritual—is felt in every city, every state house, every office of the federal government. We recognize the imperative need for this development. Yet we must not fail to comprehend its grave implications. In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist.

We must never let the weight of this combination endanger our liberties or democratic processes. We should take nothing for granted.

The prospect of domination of the nation’s scholars by federal employment, project allocations, and the power of money is ever present and is gravely to be regarded.

Yet, in holding scientific research and discovery in respect, as we should, we must be alert to the equal and opposite danger that public policy could itself become the captive of a scientific-technological elite.”

Eisenhower’s warnings were too little too late but they remain a stark description of the last fifty years. Those with authoritarian and fascistic perception of life have always been ready and willing to be used as tools for psychopathy to fully manifest. The US military in particular has come under the heat of such influences most notably in the wave of Nazi fascism which engulfed the Western world in the 1930s.

index_thumb.jpg

General Smedley D. Butler

General Smedley D. Butler a recipient of two esteemed Medals of Honor (the highest military honor in the U.S.) exposed major war corruption after retiring from the military. In 1933, under U.S. President Franklin Roosevelt, Butler was invited into a conspiracy to overthrow the government and install a fascist dictatorship. Known as the “Business Plot” and funded by many Pilgrim Society members he shrewdly pretended to accept membership into this fifth column in order to discover its inner workings. To his shock, the same Wall St. insiders who had financed the rise of Hitler in Nazi Germany (most notably Prescott Bush, Grandfather of George W. H. Bush) had been behind this bid to topple the US Presidency and Congress in line with increasing power of international banking. Amazingly, his 1934 testimony to Congress on the matter was blocked. However, according to Harper’s Magazine Butler’s testimony was reported: “in the New York Times and several other newspapers … and a special Congressional committee was created to conduct an investigation. The records of this committee were scrubbed and sealed away in the National Archives, where they have only recently been made available.” [1]

The point to remember in the above is that Smedley was a highly decorated military man with high code of ethics and patriotism and not one to fabricate. It was also Smedley who wrote the now famous 1935 book War is a Racket which has since become a classic exposé of the emerging military-corporate machine and a testament to how acutely aware this man was about politics and war, not least the mechanisms in place which make pathological infection inevitable.

In an excerpt from a speech delivered in 1933 by the General it gives an idea just how accurate his words have proved to be:

War is just a racket. There are only two things we should fight for. One is the defense of our homes and the other is the Bill of Rights. War for any other reason is simply a racket.

It may seem odd for me, a military man to adopt such a comparison. Truthfulness compels me to. I spent thirty-three years and four months in active military service as a member of this country’s most agile military force, the Marine Corps. I served in all commissioned ranks from Second Lieutenant to Major-General. And during that period, I spent most of my time being a high class muscle-man for Big Business, for Wall Street and for the Bankers.

I suspected I was just part of a racket at the time. Now I am sure of it. Like all the members of the military profession, I never had a thought of my own until I left the service. My mental faculties remained in suspended animation while I obeyed the orders of higher-ups. This is typical with everyone in the military service.

I helped make Mexico safe for American oil interests in 1914. I helped make Haiti and Cuba a decent place for the National City Bank boys. I helped in the raping of half a dozen Central American republics for the benefits of Wall Street. I helped purify Nicaragua for the international banking house of Brown Brothers in 1909-1912. I brought light to the Dominican Republic for American sugar interests in 1916. In China I helped to see to it that Standard Oil went its way unmolested.

During those years, I had, as the boys in the back room would say, a swell racket. Looking back on it, I feel that I could have given Al Capone a few hints. The best he could do was to operate his racket in three districts. I operated on three continents.

The above is important for several reasons. Not only does it show that there are military men of conscience who do stand up for truth when they see it but that the presence of psychopathy in government and the military means that a complete descent into authoritarianism and  inverted totalitarianism is only a step away from manifestation. Yet, this is seldom revealed to the public until too late. Butler’s experience and doubtless many others since (military intelligence officer and whistle-blower Bradley Manning could be classed as a modern equivalent of Butler) have shown that Nazism did not die after the Second World War – but diversified its camouflage.

The United States has long historical ties with pre-war and post-war German Nazis. This example is but one of many where authoritarian followers are merging with this Nazi ethos. Their visions of eugenics are not so far away.

Just after the Second World War, when the Rockefellers and the House of Rothschild were busy building their corporate empires with help from Nazi Germany and the deaths of millions, US officials got in on the act and collaborated with the Third Reich to purloin their scientists and doctors. Only one day after Germany’s surrender, on May 10, 1945, under Operation OVERCAST, “the Joint Chiefs of Staff ordered Gen. Dwight Eisenhower to arrest all suspected war criminals, though advising him “… to make such exceptions as you deem advisable for intelligence and other military reasons.” Or, as another memo explained: “exploit chosen rare minds whose continuing intellectual productivity we wish to use.” [2] Which means: haggle with the Nazis and appropriate their talent. The Third Reich intelligentsia and their new advances in science and psychology were absorbed and pay-rolled into the Military-Industrial framework.

OVERCAST evolved into the 1946 “Operation / Project PAPERCLIP which oversaw the mass exodus of many hundreds of top Nazi scientists who would form the basis of a new experimentation into a range of advanced disciplines, from new technology to mass mind control. There was much more to PAPERCLIP than rocket science. This was an important bid to get to the crème de la crème of Nazi Elite and their research before the Russians. Nazi medical personnel, spies, saboteurs, assassins and psychological warfare experts were all invited into the warm, protective embrace of Uncle Sam. This was to be a key reason for the genesis of the American Pathocracy.


 1280px-George_W._Bush_and_family

“President George W. Bush, Laura Bush, former First Lady Barbara Bush, and former President George H.W. Bush sit surrounded by family in the Red Room, Thursday, Jan. 6, 2005. Friends and family joined former President Bush and Mrs. Bush in celebrating their 60th wedding anniversary during a dinner held at the White House. Also pictured are, from left, Georgia Grace Koch, Margaret Bush, Walker Bush, Marvin Bush, Jenna Bush, Doro Koch, Barbara Bush, Robert P. Koch, Pierce M. Bush, Maria Bush, Neil Bush, Ashley Bush, Sam LeBlond, Robert Koch, Nancy Ellis LeBlond, John Ellis Bush, Jr., Florida Gov. John Ellis “Jeb” Bush, Mandi Bush, George P. Bush, and Columba Bush.” – (wikipedia)

Perhaps the most notorious vessel for the relatively small clique of psychopaths who warmed to Nazi fascism as a natural expression is the Bush dynasty and who will be mentioned frequently in subsequent posts. However, if you wish to bring yourself up-to-date on the historical legacy of the Bush dynasty then authors Glen Yeadon and John Hawkin’s book: A The Nazi Hydra in America: Suppressed History of a Century (2008) is an excellent overview of how Nazi philosophy and its corporatism has been allowed to infect the United States.

k

© infrakshun


Eventually, the Military-Corporate complex and the soon to follow National Security State would have key positions held by former Nazis principally in advanced aerospace and the weapons industry. Many of these high-ranking, Nazi intelligentsia had been exposed to, or were proponents of the Thule Society (German: Thule Gesellschaft) [3] having been embraced with particular fervour by Himmler’s SS and Rudolf Hess. Other sympathizers and /or members within the Third Reich included Hitler’s astrologer and advisor Dietrich Eckart, propagandist and Alfred Rosenberg,  intellectuals Julius Lehmann, Hans Frank, Gottfried Feder, and Karl Harrer. The psychic warfare of the CIA and NSA came directly from such Nazi traditions, a form of black Gnosticism, in other words: Satanism. [4]

While the War Department’s Joint Intelligence Objectives Agency (JIOA) conducted background investigations of the scientists, then director of the CIA, Allen Dulles had other ideas. Nazi Intelligence leader and PSYOPS expert Reinhard Gehlen met with the director and formed a close working relationship. As a master spy for the Third Reich he had infiltrated Russia with his vast Nazi Intelligence network which Dulles was keen to incorporate into the “New Amerika.” He effectively integrated Gehlen’s Intelligence unit into the Office of Strategic Services (OSS) later to become the CIA, while covering up incriminating evidence regarding scientists’ and doctors’ case histories.

The existence of the Nazi Intelligence unit within the CIA was to lead to many umbrella projects inspired by their research discoveries. These included the notorious MK-ULTRA which arose from the 1951 Project ARTICHOKE along with other projects running from the 1940s through to the late 1960s. Despite growing disquiet in the 1970s and partial investigations by Congress they didn’t simply stop because they were told to. The CIA and especially the NSA have always been a law unto themselves. Under the Information Age and a new Technocratic imperative has built on the experimentation of the past and extended its reach in ways that boggle the mind. Research continues evolve under different code names. (More on this later).

The Nazi brain-drain also included doctors which were conducting mind control and eugenics experiments in the concentration camps. A potent mixture of Cold War paranoia, a home-grown Neo-Fascism and Nazi know-how created a US Shadow Government, with people moving behind the scenes to capture and enlist children to fight the Russian threat. A hidden lab-rat generation was produced, comprising of successful and aborted hypnotised operatives, assassins and couriers. This is the source of the popularised concept of the “Manchurian Candidate” from which the likes of Lee Harvey Oswald, Jack Ruby, Sirhan Sirhan, John Hinckley Jr., Timothy McVeigh and an untold number of soldiers have been associated. The Hollywood myth-making machine bases its movie formula around this factual byte which is often trivialised in the process. Nevertheless, the idea that intelligence agencies are involved in such activities are not based on fact not Hollywood fiction.

It is no secret that some of the CIA mind-control apparatus documents have been released and available since 1975, under Freedom of Information Act requests. MK-ULTRA, the CIA’s infamous research into behavioural modification, [5] vigorously explored the capabilities of drugs, radiation and electronic brain manipulation on military personnel, doctors, government agents, prostitutes, mentally ill patients, and members of the general public in the United States. Victims were subjected to induced amnesia in order to prevent recall of these invasive experiments.

Richard_M_Helms

Richard M. Helms

The major players involved included Richard Helms former head of the CIA, Chemist Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, who managed the day to day running of MK-ULTRA activities and Dr. John Gittinger, his assistant and protégé. With a substantial amount of money from an ignorant Congress, most, if not all of the experimentation took place without the subjects’ consent.

The bulk of the documents have still not been released due to the sadistic nature of the experimentation which very probably included more extreme examples of the torture already listed. To cover his own and many others’ reputations, Helms ordered the destruction of most of the documents in 1972. The program’s objective was find drugs that facilitated an alteration of the human neurological and sensory apparatus, the aim of which was to be used in military applications.

The unease around the rumours surfacing about mind control research was taken up by a few members of Congress over the subsequent decades, including Senator Ted Kennedy. They discovered from the Deputy Director of the CIA that over 30 universities and institutions were involved in an ‘extensive testing and experimentation’ program: “… which included covert drug tests on unwitting citizens ‘at all social levels, high and low, native Americans and foreign.’ Several of these tests involved the administration of LSD to ‘unwitting subjects in social situations.’ At least one death, that of Dr. Frank Olson, resulted from these activities. The Agency itself acknowledged that these tests made little scientific sense. The agents doing the monitoring were not qualified scientific observers.” [6] *

With a title that conjured up associations with low-budget pornography, Operation Midnight Climax was officially a branch of sex and drug research and a sub-division of MKULTRA. Unsurprisingly, none of the documents relating to the operation survived Helm’s shredding. Yet participants and agents involved with the experimentation mention a series of CIA run brothels in San Francisco and New York. While being guaranteed impunity from arrest and prosecution should the operation be discovered by outside law enforcement units, prostitutes were paid $100 a day to act as entrapment madams for unsuspecting participants. These unsuspecting victims who had their drinks spiked with LSD, prior to the subsequent sex “research.” CIA agents settled down for the night, armed with cigarettes, booze and clipboards; shielded from the action behind one-way mirrors. You can imagine the vast potential for blackmail and extortion.

Both operations ran from 1953 to at least, 1968, though we would be foolish to imagine that such experimentation has stopped. Virtually nothing is known of the NSA’s role in all this. It is highly probable that the operations were submerged into this shadow executive apparatus. In summary, no area of human experimentation was restricted. The extraction of information needed to keep ahead of the Russian and Chinese was all-consuming. Maintaining America as the supreme power (and unwittingly allowing further entry points for psychopathic dominance) reigned supreme. Hallucinogenic drugs, electro-shock and memory exploration sandwiched between a pot-pourri of occult rituals and chemicals of every variety continued to expand.

Underpinning all this was a foundation of Psychiatry headed by Dr. Ewan Cameron. It was this man who provided critical work on the MK-ULTRA projects and was an advocate of behaviourist and clinical psychiatry harbouring a powerful interest in unlocking the secrets of memory. It would be this fascination that would make up most of his contribution to the experiments.

clip_image004

Dr. Ewan Cameron

With Rockefeller Money he founded the Allan Memorial Institute on Mont Royal, Montreal Canada. And it was here while working for the CIA that he would subject his patients to his own experimentation, unaware of his true intent. Since his test subjects were outside the US it served as an added protection against liability as the illegality of such testing could be dismissed. It was while the Allan Memorial Institute was basking in its new findings from electro-shock treatment memory re-patterning and chemical and drug regimens that another form of institutional abuse was being unleashed.

In post-war Montreal, funding for orphanages was non-existent but funding for hospitals was readily available. So, the Catholic Church decided to class all its orphans (numbering more than 5,000) as “mentally deficient” thus winning government subsidies and unimpeded paperwork, where whole orphanages were converted into mental asylums for the young. This was to initiate some of the worst abuse cases ever recorded in Canada at the hands of sadistic nuns across many orders including: The Gray Nuns of Montreal, the Sisters of Providence, the Sisters of Mercy, the Sisters of Charity of Quebec, the Little Franciscans of Mary, and two orders of monks. Ice baths, sodomy, solitary confinement and beatings were routine. Children either died from the attacks or were scarred for life. [7]

The civil lawsuits started by those abused mirrored the cases of the 1990s and beyond. The medical profession were also implicated in aiding and abetting the abuse by signing perfectly healthy children as restarted or brain damaged. In reality, the children had never seen a doctor or been examined.

For over twenty years nuns and monks abused their flock, while other more purposeful, though no less sadistic abuse was taking place at the Allan Memorial Institute. There would have been no shortage of children or problems with access if Cameron had sought a steady supply of test subjects.

On March 15, 1995, in Washington, D.C., before the President’s Committee on Radiation, [8] the late New Orleans therapist Valerie Wolf introduced two of her patients who had uncovered memories of being part of extensive CIA brainwashing programs as young children. Radiation research was carried out, mostly on cancer patients, this was however a cover for a wide ranging system of projects. This proved to be decisive regarding the progressive disclosure of institutionalised mind control with not least the rumour and disinformation surrounding the whole idea of mind control programs.

Claudia de Mullin and Chris De Nicola recounted testimony which was later collated and set down in a book by John Rappaport in which the original committee documents are included. They make interesting, if harrowing reading. [9] Questions still remain how it was that Wolf’s patients were able to appear before the committee at all. It may have been due to Clinton’s proclivity to go his own way or simply damage control to prevent further encroachments into modern day state secrets of mind control projects. In any event, all of the committee testimony was ignored and no real action taken.

In summary, beginning in 1948 during the period of post war upheaval and when so much of the world was being redrawn under pathocratic lines, the Nazi inspired mind control program was initiated. Over a period of 4 decades, children from the US, Mexico and South America, were used as experimental fodder. The original reasons for the research were to control the minds of these children in order to create flesh and blood “robots” for a range of missions that would not be recalled because of hypnotically induced amnesia. This could be removed by their controllers and reinstalled at will, rather like a computer programme. Children were raised and conditioned to be hard core sexpionage agents with a view to blackmailing Establishment Americans or foreign dignitaries. But it did not stop there: “Eventually, people from the inner core of the CIA program filmed each other, and some of the centres where children were used as sex agents got out of control and turned into CIA-operated sex rings. Some children were considered expendable and simply murdered.” [10]

During Rappoport’s research with Valerie Wolf and her patients, one victim recounted that brainwashing techniques were applied to children from Mexico and South America and that: “They were considered expendable.” If we remember the rape camps of San Diego that enslaved many Mexican children this becomes less and less improbable. America’s “best and brightest” were saved for a different purpose though the patient could not remember what their ultimate objective was. Nonetheless, it was not to produce agents to combat the Soviets at that time, the aims were much more far-reaching. The subversion and control of the movers and shakers of our world is a primary goal of any covert dictatorship. The Nazi manipulation of their culture and intelligentsia was a key step in their dominance and later total ponerisation of a nation to become the “willing executioners” of history. Nazi scientists were not the only ones to hitch a ride on Uncle Sam’s gravy train.There were large-scale, state by state operations starting with children when they were very young until they effectively owned their minds. More than 150 sub-projects under the MK-ULTRA banner were initiated with the commensurate failures and “successes” unknown. We can however guess at the details by watching present world events and piecing together much of the puzzle.

 clip_image006

President Bill Clinton’s Human Subjects Review Memo for Vice President and Heads of Executive Departments and Agencies in February 1994.


“Natural human reactions … strike the psychopath as strange, interesting, and even comical. They therefore observe us … They become experts in our weaknesses and sometimes effect heartless experiments.”

– Andrew Łobaczewski, p.90; Political Ponerology


Greenbaum

Many mind control subjects still alive from the 1950s to the late 60s, often mentioned under hypnosis an individual named “Dr. Green” or “Greenbaum,” though it may have been a cover for a group team of experimenters. Carol Rutz, one former child victim of the MK-ULTRA experiments was certain that her programmer – going by the aliases of both Dr. Black and Dr. Green – was indeed, Dr. Josef Mengele, known as the “Angel of Death” by World War II concentration camp victims.

Following his disappearance from Auschwitz on January 18, 1945, it is rumoured that he worked extensively on mind control operations for US Shadow Government agencies. Though the knowledge of their use of Nazis in such activity was common place and the chronological history of the time adds to the speculation, there is no evidence other than witness testimony that the doctor was present during the subsequent experiments. According to Rutz: “Trauma based programming was theoretically the reason for some of the torturous things perpetrated on survivors. It was the cruellest form of mental brainwashing, and left the child completely disassociated and open to programming. Josef Mengele was a master at this.” [11]

174724_1622

Josef Mengele, happy in his work

Psychologist Dr. D Corey Hammond’s data including many other doctors’ confirm Rutz’s assertions that the many layers of programming encountered by therapists is extremely difficult to dismantle and required a high level of patience from both participants. There were cases where intense pain or terror was experienced during hypnosis sessions if an attempt was made to go directly to the core source of programming installed by the MK-ULTRA doctors. On many occasions this proved impossible to reverse, some cases indicating a danger to the patient if attempts to de-programme were continued, even to the extent of death. Hammond went on to mention the creation of powerful unconscious programmes within the victim producing multiple personalities that were assigned specific tasks and jobs. These “programmed alters” fell into several levels. (See table below).

Other experiments took place in Tuscon, Arizona in the desert. Chris De Nicola testified before the President’s Committee that her controller was also a “Dr. Greene” who used her  during childhood in radiation experiments to determine effects on the body parts and as a further method of trauma induction. De Nicola told the committee she was taught how to: “… pick locks, be secretive, use [her] photographic memory to remember things and a technique to withhold information by repeating numbers to [her]self.” Forms of torture as punishment were also used if the children were not cooperative: ‘I was caught twice and Dr. Greene tortured me ruthlessly with electric shock, drugs, spinning on a table, putting shots in my stomach, in my back, dislocating my joints and hypnotic techniques to make me feel crazy and suicidal …’ [12]

De Nicola related how her father was also involved in the experiments confirming generational involvement, from military and agency families which has proven to be a common pattern. Yet, the cultural and political climate is not conducive to open debate about state-sanctioned crimes, especially when it is likely that for a Nazi philosophy and practice to take place, it must have the fertile ground by which it can seed. What we are seeing now are full grown branches extending into many offices and departments, the most open expression is within the US, British and Israeli governments with their CIA/MI6/MOSSAD spider’s web of malignancy. Jon Rappoport commented on his work with the late Dr. Valerie Wolf and the fear involved with speaking up about State crimes:

“Dr. Wolf told me that when word got around she was going to testify before the president’s committee, she was contacted by about 40 therapists ‘in just the 10 days leading up to my trip to Washington.’ The therapists had heard similar CIA mind-control stories from their own patients. Many of these professionals are afraid to go on the record about their patients’ stories, as censure from their professional societies is a reality. The political mood these days is not conducive to granting an aura of credibility to revelations of CIA brainwashing.” [13]


Programming name

Objectives

ALPHA

General programming within the control personality.

BETA

Sexual programming, i.e. producing and directing child   pornography, prostitution and sexual training for blackmail or personal use. All ethical and moral behaviour are eliminated to produce conscienceless “robots” (sociopaths) so that all functions can be carried out without emotional inhibition.

DELTA

Sleeping assassin who feels no fear. They are trained in the use of specialist arms and combat.

THETA

Psychic killing and a product of a variety of occult traditions – from voodoo to Sex Magick; hermetic to Golden Dawn initiations. Most victims with THETA programming exhibit an unusually high level of extra Sensory perception or ESP in their daily lives and chosen because of this innate ability.

OMEGA

Self-destruct programming used to prevent victims going public. If the patient began to remember or a therapist was poking around a little too expertly, this programme would be initiated often utilising intense pain and fear as a precursor.

Table 1. MK-ULTRA programming. Testimony revealed an umbrella of programming names with key objectives


If we now compare the above information with a 1992 lecture given by Dr. Corey Hammond called the “Greenbaum Speech,” it all sounds remarkably similar.

An extract from Dr. Hammond’s lecture follows:

Along with them was a young boy, a teenager, who had been raised in a Hasidic Jewish tradition [**] and a background of Cabalistic mysticism that probably appealed to people in the Cult because at least by the turn of the century Aleister Crowley had been introducing Cabalism into Satanic stuff, if not earlier. I suspect it may have formed some bond between them. But he saved his skin by collaborating and being an assistant to them in the death-camp experiments. They brought him with them.

They started doing mind-control research for Military Intelligence in military hospitals in the United States. The people that came, the Nazi doctors, were Satanists. Subsequently, the boy changed his name, Americanized it some, obtained an M.D. degree, became a physician and continued this work that appears to be at the center of cult programming today. His name is known to patients throughout the country.

What they basically do is they will get a child and they will start this, in basic forms, it appears, by about two and a half after the child’s already been made dissociative. They’ll make him dissociative not only through abuse, like sexual abuse, but also things like putting a mousetrap on their fingers and teaching the parents, ‘You do not go in until the child stops crying. Only then do you go in and remove it.’ [14] [Emphasis mine]

The above confirms that the “name that is known to patients throughout the country” was “Dr. Green” or the German-Jewish variation of “Greenbaum” a man who may represent a collective of programmers or an individual. Dr. Ewan Cameron headed the American Psychiatric Association and was a Kinseyian advocate under long-term CIA contract playing a key part in the mind control of American children. Claudia Mullin, the other of Wolf’s patients who testified related her experiences with Cameron which started when she was only 7 years-old:

“In 1958, 1 was to be tested, they told me, by some important doctors coming from a place called the ‘Society’ [the Human Ecology Society, a CIA front]. I was told to cooperate; answer any of their questions. Then, since the test ‘might hurt,’ I would be given ‘shots, x-rays, and a few jolts of electricity.’ I was instructed not to look at anyone’s face too hard and to ignore names,’ as this was ‘a very secret project’ but to be brave an all those things would help me forget …

‘A Dr. John Gittinger tested me and Dr. Cameron gave me the shocks and Dr. Greene the x-rays … By the time I left to go home, just like every time from then on, I would recall nothing of my tests or the different doctors. I would only remember whatever explanations Dr. Robert G. Heath [of Tulane Medical School] gave me for the odd bruises, needle marks, burns on my head and fingers and even the genital soreness. I had no reason to believe otherwise. Already, they had begun to control my mind!

‘The next year, I was sent to a place in Maryland called Deep Creek Cabins to learn how to ‘sexually please men.’ Also, I was taught how to coerce them into talking about themselves. It was Richard Helms (Deputy Director of the CIA), Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, Captain George White and Morse Allen, who all planned on filming as many high government and agency officials and heads of academic institutions and foundations as possible…I was to become a regular little ‘spy’ for them, after that summer, eventually entrapping many unwitting men, including themselves, all with the use of a hidden camera. I was only nine when this kind of sexual humiliation began.’ [15]

Dr Hammond had the uncomfortable feeling that: “… from some past experience…when you look at this you will find the large proportion of ritual-abuse victims in this country [US] are having their on-going therapy monitored.”

He continues:

I remember a woman who came in about twenty-four years old, claimed her father was a Satanist. Her parents divorced when she was six. After that it would only when her father had visitation and he would take her to rituals sometimes up until age fifteen. She said, “I haven’t gone to anything since I was fifteen.” Her therapist believed this at face value. We sat in my office. We did a two-hour inquiry using hypnosis. We found the programming present.

In addition to that we found that every therapy session was debriefed and in fact they had told her to get sick and not come to the appointment with me. Another one had been told that I was Cult and that if she came I would know that she’d been told not to come and I would punish her. If anything meaningful comes out in a patient who’s being monitored like that — from what I’ve learned thus far, they’re tortured with electric shocks — my belief is if they’re in that situation you can’t do meaningful therapy other than being supportive and caring and letting them know you care a lot and you’ll be there to support them. But I wouldn’t try to work with any kind of deep material or deprogramming with them because I think it can do nothing but get them tortured and hurt unless they can get into a safe, secure inpatient unit for an extended period of time to do some of the work required. [16]

We could understandably take this as a collective moral panic if historical data were not available to support a percentage of what the patients are saying. An interview conducted a senior level Navy Captain’s wife, with Kay Griggs in 1998, also gives similar statements. (We’ll take a closer look at Griggs in the post after next). Here, we have data that comes from two disparate sources: a military housewife giving details from her husband’s diary and a respected psychiatrist and hypnotherapist providing testimonies from hypnotised abuse witnesses. This is set against the well-known historical perspective of US and Nazi associations culminating in shared mind control programs. The subject then begins to look more compelling. (Yet, keep in mind, this is the ABC introduction to the subject of mind control. The deeper you dig the more endemic is seems to be).

It is sexual humiliation and even sex magick that defines the parameters of so called “science” in this context. For Establishment neo-Nazis (as a generic term for pathocratic perception) any experience, no matter how sordid or cruel can be explained away under the rigours of the “scientific method” or for the glory of America the ends of which nobly justifies the means. It must also be remembered that the many books on the market that tout the: “I was a mind control victim” may be factually accurate, partially true or wholly delusional – even a mixture of all three. Such a field of secrecy will always have its opportunists. This cannot be taken as a negation of the central premise of mind/body programming that was launched against the US population without their knowledge, the legacy and new models of which are no doubt being honed and utilised if we are pay attention to current events.

We cannot also deny that the subject of mind control is seen as an opportunity to ridicule and disparage. This, in some ways, is justified due to many unsubstantiated accusations flying about hither and thither, adding to the confusion and disinformation. Judicially recognised in federal and state courts as an expert on mind and behaviour control, Professor Alan Scheflin reiterates the danger of disinformation – especially if you are one of its many victims:

“MK-ULTRA was a program of the CIA which had 149 sub-projects on every avenue of mind and behaviour control. We know that was a real project, and we know what the sub-projects under it are, but there are many names that have been circulated of other projects and they cannot be verified, and if they cannot be verified, and you can’t prove them, your belief in them will hurt you in a court of law and also in doing good therapy. ” [17]

Nevertheless, the above evidence so far, offers interesting implications regarding the nature of ritual abuse and how some cases remain resistant to any real understanding and appraisal. If some ritual abuse utilises programming and is an essential part of the bloodline of intra-familial and generational abuse, it gives a whole new dimension to the “discourse of disbelief” and the considerable control exerted by members of such cultic networks largely outside government influence.

 


* Frank Olson, a United States Army biochemist and biological weapons researcher, was given LSD without his knowledge or consent in 1953 as part of a CIA experiment, and allegedly committed suicide a week later following a severe psychotic episode. A CIA doctor assigned to monitor Olson’s recovery was supposedly asleep in another bed in a New York City hotel room when Olson jumped through the window to fall ten stories to his death. Most believe Olson was either assassination is a far more likely scenario than the CIA’s suicide as the cause of death. See: Michael Ignatieff (April 1, 2001). ‘What did the C.I.A. do to Eric Olson’s father?’ The New York Times Magazine.
** Given our recent discussion on the origins and practice of Hassidic Judaism and Chabad Lubavitch this is an interesting connection. We will return to this and other possibilities in later posts.

Notes

[1] ‘1934: The Plot Against America’ Harper’s magazine, July 28, 2007. | http://www.harpers.org/
[2] ‘Our Nazi allies’ by Ken Silverstein, Salon at http://www.salon.com, May 3, 2000.
[3] The Thule Society (German Thule-Gesellschaft), originally the Studiengruppe für germanisches Altertum ‘Study Group for Germanic Antiquity’, was a German occultist and Völkisch group in Munich, notable chiefly as the organization that sponsored the Deutsche Arbeiterpartei, which was later transformed by Adolf Hitler into the Nazi Party. Many of the occult ideas found favour with Heinrich Himmler who, like Hitler, had a great interest in mysticism.
[4] The Occult and the Third Reich: the mystical origins of Nazism and the search for the Holy Grail. By Jean-Michel Angebert, Published by Macmillan Publishing 1974 | ISBN 0-02-502150-8.
[5] A List of MKULTRA Unclassified Documents (including subprojects) is available from the National Security Archive. The National Security Archive is a non-governmental research institute and library that collects and publishes declassified documents obtained through the U.S. Freedom of Information Act, a public interest law firm defending and expanding public access to government information through the FOIA, and an indexer and publisher of the documents in books, microfische, and electronic formats. The National Security Archive was founded in 1985 by a group of journalists and scholars who had obtained documentation under the FOIA and sought a centralized repository for these materials.
[6] U.S Department of Energy: Supreme Court Dissents Invoke the Nuremberg Code: CIA and DOD Human Subjects Research Scandals.
[7] ‘Orphans of the 1950’s, Telling of Abuse, Sue Quebec’ By Clyde H. Farnsworth, The New York Times, May 21, 1993.
[8] Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments set up by President Clinton in 1994.
[9] US Government and Mind Control Experiments on Children e-book by John Rappoport.
[10] ‘CIA Experiments with Mind Control on Children’ by Jon Rappoport, October 2006.
[11] A Nation Betrayed, The Chilling and true story of Secret Cold War Experiments Performed on Our Children and Other Innocent People by Carol Rutz Fidelity Publishing, 2001 ISBN: 0-9710102-0-X.| Based on 18,000 pages of FOIA documents from the CIA and other sources
[12] p.37; In the Statement made by Chris De Nicola to the Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March 15, 1995.
[13] Ibid.
[14] ‘The Greenbaum Speech’ Hypnosis in MPD: Ritual Abuse By D. C. Hammond Ph.D. delivered at the Fourth Annual Eastern Regional Conference on Abuse and Multiple Personality, Thursday June 25, 1992. at the Radisson Plaza Hotel, Mark Center, Alexandria, Virginia. Sponsored by the Center for Abuse Recovery & Empowerment, The Psychiatric Institute of Washington, D.C. Originally entitled “Hypnosis in MPD: Ritual Abuse” but now usually known as the “Greenbaum Speech.”
[15] p7. in the Statement made by Claudia S. Mullin to the Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March 15 1995 (inserts by Jon Rappoport, from his extract of the same in Oct. 2006).
[16] Ibid. C. Hammond, 1992.
[17] op. cit. Scheflin; International Society for the Study of Dissociation (ISSD) and International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (ISTSS).

Satan’s Little Helpers II: Uncle Sam

 “… if purely material implements are capable of blowing up, from a few corners, the greatest cities of the globe, provided the murderous weapons are guided by expert hands – what terrible dangers might not arise from magical occult secrets being revealed, and allowed to fall into the possession of ill-meaning persons!”

– Helena Blavatsky, Studies in Occultism


Government, industry and intelligence agencies harbour pathological infections which have for several decades been channelled through the potency of occult activities. A potent mix of occult ritual spiced up with a ready supply of sexual abuse buffered by the military codes and high-level protection make it the ceremonial psychopath’s dream. Once again, as an arm of the Pathocracy, much of the the US military is suffering from ponerisation in a similar fashion to the Catholic Church and organised religion as a whole. Indeed, the military and religion have an obvious historical link for the  infection to spread.

Occult societies – in particular freemasonry – have been a open door for corruption and pathological contouring of its values. Hubris determines how severe the manifestation. Experiments in remote viewing and psychic powers [1]as well as advances in the application of neurological interface systems combining solider and machine have been well documented. The influence of Black Magick within corporate and military circles is less well known. It has become a label for many secret societies and cults which have been fused together over this century and the last, operating within a complex web of differing objectives and beliefs. [2] We’ll begin to take a necessarily brief look at some of these over the next few posts in the context of child abuse and mind control.

The influence of occult secret societies is ancient and pervasive having lodged itself in the majority of the Establishment institutions and centres of learning around the world. Though knowledge of the occult has increased through Hollywood and literature seldom has it explored the presence of military occultism in contemporary America. It seems that factions within the military operate a peculiar brand of Satanic occultism. What is known about the incidences of wide scale and systematic abuse within the military and its intersection with society has been researched by authors with much witness testimony to be found but the Establishment unsurprisingly keeps an extremely tight reign on its neophytes and initiaties since such a code of secrecy is already bound into the very notion of occult membership. Sexual abuse is a by-product of Satanic practice in mostly covert and sometimes overt forms. We will look at just a few examples suggestive of military-occult involvement.

1bMcMartin Pre-School

In 1983, 460 children were reported to have been sexually abused at the McMartin pre-school and Manhattan Ranch pre-school in Manhattan Beach; California. Many believe this was the spark that lit the Satanic abuse “witch hunts” and others consider it to show a true glimpse behind organised SRA.

Therapists at the Children’s Institute International interviewed and video-taped 400 children and another 60 at the Manhattan preschool. Over 410 children described being sexually abused. According to official correspondence between a Sergeant at the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department and an agent at the Academy of Behavioural Sciences Unit at the FBI:

Most children state they were photographed in the nude… They mention drinking a red or pink liquid that made them sleepy… Children disclose animal sacrificing (bunnies, ponies, turtles, etc.) and some of this occurred in Churches. Victims describe sticks put in their vaginas and rectums and also being ‘pooped’ and ‘peed’ on. Children say that the adults sometimes dressed in black robes, formed a circle around them and chanted. […] Children’s Institute International determined ‘a full eighty percent displayed physical symptoms, including vaginal or rectal scarring, anal bleeding, painful bowel movements, and the ‘anal wick reflex’ associated with violent penetration.’ [3]

Canandian journalist and author David McGowan states: “Some of the witnesses were former students in their teens and twenties and their stories corroborated those of the children. The older witnesses were not allowed to testify at the McMartin trials, however, as the statute of limitations for the crimes committed against them had expired.” This is loophole in the law that has been relied on by abusers time and time again.

Another supporting theory that was subsequently ridiculed as evidence of a hoax was the claims by children, that there were tunnels under the day care school itself where much of the abuse took place and supported by independent corroboration. After a survey was commissioned by the district attorney and used to officially disprove the idea of tunnels by concentrating work outside the building, McMartin parents hired their own independent and highly-respected archaeologist, E. Gary Stickel, PhD. This time their efforts would be focused inside the building. In 1990, they cut through the concrete slab and found accurate corroborations of the children’s’ pre-dig observations. What follows are extracts from a first-hand account by Dr. Roland Summit who personally examined the tunnels:

Joanie, 12 years old, was visiting her old preschool with her mother.  Dr. Stickel asked her, “Can you tell us where it was that you entered the tunnels and which way you turned?”  Joanie gave a meticulous description of every step along the way.  […] Under the classroom to the west the tunnel proceeded into a wide, room-like potential space of earth fill bearing remnants of timber, plywood, and tar paper which appeared to have shored up the ceiling of a ‘secret’ room. […]

The pattern of tunnels had absolutely no architectural or structural purpose.  The tunnels did not conform to expected trenching for foundations or utilities.  In fact, the profile of the shallow trench dug to accommodate the waste pipe leading across the main tunnel (Joanie’s reach-up-and-touch pipe) was clearly distinguishable as mechanically dug, showing the sharp angulation characteristic of a backhoe, whereas the tunnels had a rounded floor contour and shovel marks, showing that they had been dug by hand, presumably under the pre-existing concrete.

Two of the tunnel’s most definitive items were found just inside the foundation.  One, a tree root described by Joanie which had originally grown across the tunnel before being sawed away.  The proximal section of that root, still feeding the distant avocado tree, had partially healed and sent out new sprouts where it had been cut some years before.  The distal section, isolated at the other side of the tunnel was withered and dead.  Secondly, stainless steel pipe clamps joining an angle of the pipe where it crossed through the tunnel space had a different quality from the clamps elsewhere which had remained buried since installation. The other clamps were corroded from years of soil contact, while those crossing the tunnel looked shiny and new. [4]

The archaeological team itself found correspondences of the children’s descriptions including: two tunnel complexes, unrecognised structural features, multiple access routes and a “large cavernous artefact or “secret room.” Stickel himself concludes:

The McMartin Tunnel Project confirms that a functional pattern of tunnels once existed under the McMartin Preschool, that the tunnels provided access outside the walls of the structure, that they must have been constructed after the structure was built in 1966, and that they were subsequently completely repacked with extraneous soil and implanted artifacts at some time prior to May, 1990. While this project had no way of determining who dug these tunnels, or for what purpose, the discoveries stand in stark contrast to the sceptical position that the children only imagined what they described as activities underground.

If the stories of the children were bogus fantasies, there is no excuse for the tunnels discovered under the school. If there really were tunnels, there is no excuse for the glib dismissal of any and all of the complaints of the children and their parents. [5]

Though by no means definitive proof, the excavation turned up many artefacts and what appeared to be “occult-related objects” one of which was a toy tea-set plate – painted with three pentagrams – and an iron cauldron.  Some of these artifacts were mentioned in the children’s testimonies. This particular tunnel had a vital part to play in the abuse according to several of the McMartin children. They told their parents that they were led through the tunnel into the adjacent building and promptly loaded onto a van. (Remember, these are preschool children independently describing the same journey).

Various acts of necrophilia were described while another place called ‘the doctor’s house’ was consistently mentioned. Further details given by children led the parents to a mortuary and crematory as well as the aforementioned doctor’s residence. Interestingly, it was located in a wealthy community 20 miles away. It matched the description given by the children while police confirmed that the house was owned by a doctor.

The investigation was completed before the McMartin trails were over, but the evidence was refused by the prosecution and not reported by the local or national media. Other suspects independently verified by witnesses were left to fade into the background, much like the case itself. One of these was Robert Winkler who was recognised by McMartin children in news footage as the man they had known as the “Wolfman.” (Abusers often dress up in costumes to evade detection and play on the natural disbelief present in the public and some investigating teams. Hence children’s reports describing abuse from lions and gorillas etc.) Winkler had run a baby-sitting service in nearby Torrance, California at the Coco Palms Motel and was arrested for operating a paedophile ring. Children said that Winkler had often visited the school and had been responsible for supplying the drugs for use in ritual abuse. This abuse was said to have been conducted in churches, a cemetery, or a crematorium.

american-flag-e1315961912478_thumb© infrakshun

The Wolfman would not be the only one to turn up dead (allegedly of a drug overdose) on the eve of his trial. Judy Johnson, a key prosecution witness, whose initial complaint caused the McMartin preschool teachers to be arrested, was found dead in her home, right before her scheduled testimony hearing. Media and attorneys decried her alcoholism and mental problems all of which were untrue, at least prior to the abuse her child had suffered. That Johnson was frequently followed and received frequent threats before her death was never discussed in the media though other parents expressed their scepticism about her death. [6] Paul Bynum, who had been hired by parents of victims was also found dead just before his testimony with a gunshot to the head. He was about to testify about the disputed tunnels.

In 1984, Dr. Roland Summit who personally consulted Judy Johnson (and confirmed her sanity) was contacted by a mother of her two preschool aged clients. She believed her estranged husband was involved in drug dealing and large scale child prostitution. The children had told their mother that their father had taken them to a prearranged location for encounters with naked adults and other young boys and girls. The testimony of these children also confirmed the existence of the “Wolfman” and independent verification of the building known as the Coco Palms Motel. Seven area preschools would be linked under this corroboration. No action was taken with the evidence provided by Summit. The children recanted their complaints soon after the “Wolfman’s” death, a recantation that must be viewed as highly suspicious.

Presidio and the Colonel

The Presidio Affair is perhaps the most famous for alleged military-based satanic/ sexual abuse, this time in a child development centre run by the US military in San Francisco. Gary Hambright, a day-care teacher, was charged with 12 counts of sodomy, oral copulation, and lewd conduct. Lt. Col. Michael Aquino, his wife Lilith and another man were identified by some of the children as those involved in the molestations. No formal charges were ever brought against Aquino, and the case against Hambright was later dismissed.

maquino_lgvdNoreen Gosch, who we may remember as the mother of Jeff Gannon aka: James Guckert, made a point of singling out Aquino at Paul Bonacci’s civil action and was adamant that Aquino was a key player in a nationwide Satanic ritual abuse ring. She told the court:

“We have investigated, we have talked to so far, 35 victims of this said organization that took my son and is responsible for what happened to Paul, and they can verify everything that has happened,’ …

Gosch explained to the jury about the CIA’s involvement through MK-ULTRA and its offshoot programs before arriving at Michael Aquino:

“He was in the military. He had top Pentagon clearances. He was a pedophile. He was a Satanist. He’s founded the Temple of Set. And he was a close friend of Anton LaVey. [Leader of the Church of Satan] The two of them were very active in ritualistic sexual abuse. And they deferred funding from this government program to use [in] this experimentation on children.” Once the personalities of the victims had been deliberately split into multiple identities questioning under oath, or hooked up to a lie-detector was a waste of time. Without knowledge of multiple personality disorder (MPD) no information will be forthcoming. Gosch continued: “They used these kids to sexually compromise politicians or anyone else they wish to have control of. This sounds so far out and so bizarre I had trouble accepting it in the beginning myself until I was presented with the data. We have the proof. In black and white.” [7]

Allegations about persistent abuse began to surface in November 1986. One report was taken seriously concerning a boy who was alleged to have been sexually abused by the day care teacher. The Army was criminally lax in their response to the abuse. One parent described how it took 12 days to form a strategy group and a month for the Army “… to notify the parents of other children who had been in ‘Mr. Gary’s’ class that the incident had taken place, that their children might be at risk.” [8]

Nearly a year would pass before more than 59 other victims had been identified from children between the ages of 3 and 7 with more allegations surfacing from the children themselves. While the Army assured them that it was a one off case, the parents’ own children were already showing signs of sexual abuse. Even more strangely, the Presidio centre stayed open for over a year after one of the boys claimed that ‘Mr. Gary’ had hurt him.

Some of the key allegations were summarized by Linda Golton’s extensive report in the San Jose Mercury News:

  • Some of the children said they were taken from the day care center to private homes on the Presidio where they were sexually abused. Two houses were singled out on the Army post and at least one home off-post, in San Francisco.
  • One girl said she played ‘poopoo baseball’ at the home of one of her female teachers. The girl said the game involved throwing feces at the teacher.
  • Other children talked about playing the ‘googoo game’ with ‘Mr. Gary’. It involved Hambright having the children urinate and defecate on him. Then he would do the same to them. Sometimes, the children said, they were forced to drink urine and eat feces.
  • Some said they had blood smeared on their bodies.
  • One 3-year-old boy said he was sexually abused on his first visit to the center. That day was also his birthday.
  • A 3-year-old girl said ‘Mr. Gary’ used special pens, black, blue, pink and red — to doodle on her, starting at her legs and moving up over her genitals. The same child said she saw one of her friends at the center cry when ‘Mr. Gary’s’ friend, a woman, pointed a gun at the friend.
  • There were five confirmed cases of chlamydia, a sexually transmitted disease, including two of the four daughters of one family.
  • Some children said they had guns pointed at them. Others said they were told they or their parents would be killed if they told what happened. [9]

There was plenty of evidence that serious molestation and child rape occurred at the centre, yet it was ignored in favour of promoting, once again, the “lone paedophile” scenario so enamoured of the law, justice and now the military. Just to make sure that Aquino and the military would remain outside further scrutiny, a convenient fire erupted which destroyed the Army Community Services building right next to the Presidio centre and with it the child development centre records. Three weeks later the four classroom day care centre itself was burned to the ground. According to the San Jose Mercury News, the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms found that: “… both fires, contrary to the Army’s finding, had been arson.” [10]

A damning report completed in 1987 by Col. William J. Shaffer and which was never released, showed just how duplicitous the military had been in citing: “Dead Spots at nursery school where children-adults could hide, where some incidents of child molestation took place.” [11] (Shaffer is now dead according to the Air force Memorial Foundation).

The Presidio child day-care centre and its victims were left to fade away but the credibility of the accusations directed at Aquino still remains and are worth revisiting.

A former stockbroker for Merrill Lynch, former student at the National Defence University; holder of two advanced degrees in political science and a highly decorated military man who served in the Green Berets, Lt. Col. Michael Aquino managed to surface in all areas most secretive and unsavoury therefore arousing the most suspicion. A specialist in Psychological Warfare, he served as Liaison officer to NATO countries. A consulting faculty member of U.S. Army Command and General Staff College, he believes in the by now familiar looniness of a “Coming Apocalypse with annihilation except for a few elect.” Obviously, Aquino believes he is one of these “elect.” He worked with Anton LaVey the creator of the Church of Satan and writer of The Satanic Bible until 1975, (La Vey was associated with Roman Polanski, the Manson Family, Son of Sam etc.) until his initiation as a high priest and leader of his own church of the Temple of Set, a Satanic Church with its headquarters in San Francisco. [12] [13]

La Vey apparently conducted occult rituals patterned on ceremonies led by Nazi leader Heinrich Himmler in his own castle in Germany during the Third Reich. Aquino performed the rituals “to recreate an order of knighthood for followers of Satan,” a kind of inverted Knights of Camelot, if you will. He then encouraged his followers to study the beliefs of the Nazi terrorist group, the Vehm, the Thule Gesellshaft and the Ahnenerbe, three fanatically right wing, Aryan groups that existed before and during Hitler’s reign. Aquino’s book list for the Church of Set, includes Mein Kampf, Hitler: The Occult Messiah, and The Occult Roots of Nazism. It would seem reasonable to assume that Aquino had more than a passing interest in Nazism and thus its uses and applications. [14]

geuu_01_img0200

Anton LaVey

One of the crucial pieces of evidence that linked the Colonel to the case in the first place was the parents of one child who had noticed: “changes in their daughter’s behaviour after placing her in Gary Hambright’s class four or five times in September and October of 1986. The girl, who turned 3 in October, had begun having nightmares and would wet herself when frightened.” Eventually they took their daughter to a therapist at Letterman Army Medical Centre in February of 1987. Under therapy, the child talked of a man called ‘Mikey’ and another woman, as ‘Shamby’ at the military commissary:

On Aug. 12, 1987, the [parents] Adams-Thompsons were shopping at the PX at the Presidio. Suddenly the girl ran to Larry Adams-Thompson and clutched his leg. He looked up and saw a man whom he knew as Lt Col. Michael Aquino.

‘Yes, that’s Mikey,’ the 3-year-old told Adams-Thompson. After being taken outside, the girl added, ‘he’s a bad man and I’m afraid.’ As they were leaving the parking lot, the Adams-Thompsons saw Aquino’s wife, Lilith. Larry asked the child if she knew the woman.

‘Yes, that’s Shamby,’ the girl said.

The family went home and called the FBI. [15]

Later in the therapy she described their home, with black walls, cross-over ceiling, a distinct bathtub and the Satan rituals which were performed on her. San Francisco Police raided the apartment of Aquino only to find a description identical to the child’s:

When interviewed by authorities the next day, the girl identified Gary Hambright from a photo lineup and said she had been driven to Mikey and Shamby’s home by Hambright. There, she said, she was abused by Hambright, Mikey and Shamby in a room with black walls. She said that she had been photographed. She said Hambright and Mikey were dressed in women’s clothes and Shamby was dressed in man’s clothes.

The investigators drove her to Leavenworth Street in San Francisco. The girl was asked to identify any of the houses that she had been to before. While walking past 2430 Leavenworth, the girl identified the house as the one where she met ‘Mikey’ and ‘Shamby.’ It was the Aquino’s house. […] [16]

No action was taken.

Much has been written about Aquino’s involvement and though there is proof of complicity for a court case he was protected by the military-occult complex until his death in October 2011. The circumstantial evidence and Aquino’s shadowy history alone do little to limit the “bad taste” one gets when presented with the cases like Presidio or McMartin pre-school. One Army spokesmen at the Pentagon label said regarding Aquino’s military career as “extraordinary” but that he was entitled to his religious beliefs. Concerning his top security clearance, they saw his openness about being a Satanist “made him much less of a security risk than a homosexual or someone with drug or money problems would be.” [17]

Be that as it may, the man had become a byword for Satanism, intelligence, mind control, assassinations and all things nefarious yet he remained untouchable, even appearing on the Oprah Winfrey show to protest his innocence and extol the virtues of the much misunderstood Satan. If Sammy Davis Jr. had been an esteemed member of his Church want on earth was all the fuss about? [18]

The uses of reverse psychology or making a person or populace believe one thing while doing another in “plain sight,” was second nature to men such as Aquino and he never concealed it – it was his bread and butter after all. He was the archetype of the dark lord with bony finger in every power-filled pie. He had been “investigated” by Army Criminal Investigation Division officers for involvement in paedophile cases while carrying out his Satanic duties as leader of the Temple of Set, the most popular religion in the US. In addition to this, Aquino’s pioneering work in military PSYOPS whilst retaining the highest-level security clearances confirmed the nature of his role as a strange personification of all that one should distrust about Establishment and military-occult America, even to the point of obvious caricature. Aquino was a trickster in a manner befitting a black ops operative and sort after military asset.

aquinoworig333

Aquino and wife “Lilith”

The Colonel and his wife Lilith carefully refuted the many allegations. His consequent responses to internet allegations were found both at TheKonformist.com and David McGowan’s website  which proves interesting reading indeed. Aquino raises some valid points concerning the hysteria which sprang up around SRA with manufactured evidence and sensationalist reporting whipped up by Christian fundamentalists. In the Colonel’s words: “A review of my attorney’s district & appeals briefs & orals will glaringly expose what was actually taking place: a court cover-up of blatant Senatorial/Sec Army/CID misconduct – and simultaneous brushing-aside of numerous illegal actions against an Army officer and his wife of a ‘politically incorrect religion.’” He then proceeds to list his US military citations and awards, with further verbiage promoting the view that he is clearly a valuable asset and respected pillar of the community, which says little since most sexual predators cultivate such a social status, and hardly proof of anything other than an old boys’ network at play.

The nature of his work and associations will always cast a literal shadow on his proclamations of innocence in this matter and others like him. Conversely, the fact that Aquino was a member of the Temple Of Set and a high ranking military official is disturbing enough, but it does not necessarily equate his actions with ritual sexual abuse per se. What it does provide is a “turf war” between branches of pseudo-freemasonic Satanists and Christians where the alleged crimes of Aquino and the military apparatus in general become lost in “Satanic rituals,” while the real reason for such activities continue to be obscured. One cannot escape the fact that such perceptual cross-fires are Aquino’s speciality. The principles of Niccoli Machiavelli’s The Prince are the basic tenets of PSYOPS, closely related to the Black arts and mind control. Lt. Col. Michael Aquino was a primary specialist in this field.

It may well have been true that Aquino was drawn into a military sex ring which, with his delusions of priestly grandeur, looking down at ordinary folk from his Setian ebony tower. Given the nature of his role it is far more probable that Aquino was the designated and willing focus to deflect attention and attacks away from the presence of Satanic abuse networks in the military as a whole. Appearing on Oprah Winfrey show as the flamboyant Satanist advocating simply another religion and replying to online accusations claiming innocence may have all been part of the package of distraction for those who prey on children at the top of the pathocratic pile.

 


Notes

[1] The Psychic Battlefield: A History of the Military-Occult Complex by W. Adam Mandelbaum. Published by Saint Martin’s Press, 2000 | ISBN-10: 031220955X.
[2] In the words of British Prime Minister, Benjamin Disraeli during an address to the House of Commons in 1856: “It is useless to deny, because it is impossible to conceal, that a great part of Europe is covered with a network of these secret societies, just as the superficies of the earth is now being covered with railroads…. They do not want constitutional government; they do not want ameliorated institutions… they want to change the tenure of land, to drive out the present owners of the soil, and to put an end to ecclesiastical establishments … ”
[3] op. cit. McGowan (p.47)
[4] ‘The dark tunnels of McMartin.’ By Roland Summit, Journal of Psycho-history, Vol. 21.  397-406, 1994.
[5] ‘Archaeological Investigations of the McMartin Preschool site, Manhattan Beach, California,’ by E. Gary Stickel, Ph.D.
[6] ‘Sex Case Accuser is Discovered Dead.’ The New York Times, December 20 1986.
[7] “Satanic Subversion of the U.S. Military” by Jeffrey Steinberg, Executive Intelligence Review, July 2, 1999. (Extracts can also be found in John DeCamp’s The Franklin Cover up).
[8] ‘Army of the Night: Child Abuse at the Presidio, the Parents’ Agony, the Army’s Cover-Up, The Prosecution’s Failure By Linda Goldston, San Jose Mercury News, July 24, 1988.
[9] Ibid.
[10] Ibid.
[11] ‘Scathing Report on Presidio Child-Care Center’ SA Chronicle, March 21, 1988.
[12] “Set was depicted most commonly as a human form with some sort of animal head, featuring a long, curved snout and upright ears. He was a god that went through periods of extreme popularity and unpopularity in Egypt, depending on the beliefs of the prevailing ruling class. At times Set was widely worshipped as a god representing individual consciousness, as well as the darker forces of nature (thunder, deserts, etc.). During other periods Set was looked at as being a god of evil, violence, and hostility. In some Egyptian myths, Set was born by violently bursting out of the side of his mother’s womb, killed his brother Osiris, and was in the business of stealing dead people’s souls in the underworld.” (Metareligion.com) Not exactly a glowing endorsement for the US Army…
[13] Aquino stepped down in 1996 and handed over the reins to Don Webb who later handed on the beastly baton to High Priestess Zeena Schreck in September 2002. Zeena, Magister Aaron Besson, Magister Nikolas Schreck, and Magister Michael Kelly all resigned on 8 November 2002 as well as four other Priests. Temple of Set sources have claimed that perhaps sixty of the adepts, initiates and Setian high degrees have left the Church over the past several years. Obviously, Set drives a hard bargain.
[14] The Last Circle By Carol Marshall 1994 | http://www.lycaeum.org/books/books/last_circle/15.htm | ‘The Pedophocracy’ Chapter III: ‘Uncle Sam Wants Your Children’ by David McGowan, August 2001.
[15] ‘Army of the Night: Child Abuse at the Presidio, the Parents’ Agony, the Army’s Cover-Up, The Prosecution’s Failure By Linda Goldston, San Jose Mercury News, July 24, 1988.
[16] Ibid.
[17] Ibid.

Satan’s Little Helpers I

 I am completely convinced that there is a small amount of organised and ritual abuse in this country [U.K.] which, I think, has a definitely Satanist belief in it or is used by paedophiles to make their rituals more terrifying.”

– ‘Children born for sacrifice’, by David Taylor, The Daily Mail,  February 10, 2000.


All right, so the UK’s Daily Mail isn’t exactly a reliable source for such claims.

However, in amongst it’s heavy conservative bias and xenophobic “Little-Britain” mentality, it has the occasional gem. And Mr. Taylor is correct on this one.

A case can certainly be made for the existence of Satanic Ritual Abuse (SRA) within society as a whole with tributaries to formalised networks laid down by the Establishment. There is enough Black Magick folklore and cultural influences to stimulate those who are attracted to such things. It is also a very big part of what we may call the ceremonial psychopath’s leisure time.

The perpetrators of ritualistic abuse appear to fall into five categories:

  • The lone teenager or the twenty-something loner which seems to be the most common form.
  • A mixed gender gang practising small time ritual abuse separated from any external network.
  • The extended community network of intra-familial ritual abuse.
  • Family inter-generational ritual abuse that remains strictly within that family.
  • The male and female duo. The male frequently perpetrates the actual crimes where the female assists. She may also be the instigator and subsequent observer.

All five categories are separated from Establishment and high-level activity and therefore act as a reflection (and a deflection) of the former, while underscoring the psychopathology that has been progressively seeded in our societies.

Sociologist Dr. Sara Scott’s extensive interviews with British intra-familial ritual abuse victims show a wariness and reluctance to give the abuse a wider context by attaching it to a particular belief system. There is a common assumption from sceptics and full-time detractors of SRA that all ritual abuse is part of a network of international Satanists. While the latter is not untrue, there is a grey aread or middle ground to be found, as is usually the case.

Scott claims her interviewees had “little knowledge about how their abusers networked with others,” their main concern was how they coped with assimilating what was done to them and how to manage their lives. They also gave several different reasons as to why they thought their abusers were carrying out such acts against them, reinforcing the idea that most abusers use the mantle of satanic practices to indulge their psychopathic whims. While one was driven by “greed and lust” another was a “true believer,” honour bound to continue the tradition.

Scott asks her young interviewee:

And what was this for, were you told what any of this was meant to be about?

Well I was told it was Lucifer, but I was never told in great Detail, apart from about eating the flesh. ‘Cos my Gran thought she would be immortal if she ate human flesh. That’s proved wrong ‘cos my Grandma died this winter. [1]

A lesson there, for grandma.

blkmagik© infrakshun

The loner type with a background of Black Magick is common. Returning to the United States, a report from 1997 in the Daville; Illinois; described the conviction of Robbie Moore who was jailed on three counts of aggravated criminal sexual assault and one count of aggravated criminal sexual abuse. Several children, some as young as 4 years old, complained of being sexually abused after joining an informal witchcraft club led by Moore. He was sentenced to a total of 67 years. [2]

Over in Arkansas three 8-year-old boys, Steve Branch, Christopher Byers and Michael Moore disappeared while riding their bicycles in May 1993. Their naked bodies were found the next day in a watery drainage ditch. The boys had been bound, raped and beaten and one child sexually mutilated. In the following month Jessie Lloyd Misskelley, 17; Michael Wayne Echols, 18; and Charles Jason Baldwin, 16, were arrested: “During the trial prosecutors presented evidence suggesting that Echols was a Satanist. Acquaintances said Echols carried a cat’s skull to school, wrote satanic poems, and claimed to worship the devil.” The Chicago Tribune also reported that Jessie Lloyd Jr. “related that the cult held orgies in the woods, and that to join, members had to kill dogs and eat their back legs…” […] ‘We go out, kill dogs and stuff, and then carry girls out there …’ and we have an orgee (sic) and stuff like that,…’[3]

Not exactly an example of a well-adjusted youth…but quite a sound indication of clustered psychopathy.

Moving to Jordan, Minnesota, in 1984, 27-year-old James John Rud, gave police a 113-page statement in which he described sadistic assaults on children. The garbage collector already had a history of sex abuse convictions. Knowing he would be in for a long stretch, he agreed to plead guilty and testify against 24 other adults charged with molesting 37 children – from 2 to 17 years old – in ritualistic orgies. By doing this he would receive a reduced sentence.

Following Rud’s arrest: “a police officer reported seeing a stack of approximately 12 VCR cassette tapes, a large box containing pornographic magazines, two green garbage bags of pornographic material,…and numerous items of children’s clothing.”  Rud’s parents interrupted the search and became “so abusive and threatening” that the officer “vacated the premises to avoid an altercation.”  When he returned the next day, all the above items had disappeared.  In a subsequent search of another suspect’s home, police did retrieve candles and miniature bowling pins children alleged were used to violate them. Lab tests confirmed the objects were contaminated with human faeces. [4] Parents, relatives and family friends were all said to be involved in the abuse. Pornographic photography, sexual assaults and the use of drugs and alcohol were described by the children, some of which took place inside Rud’s trailer.[5]

One child witness recanted his accusation of abuse against two defendants who were acquitted. This led to Attorney General. Hubert Humphrey III formally asking Scott County Prosecutor Kathleen Morris “…to explain publicly why she suddenly dropped all criminal charges against 22 remaining defendants,” even though a 126 pages of police notes contained allegations that implicated some of the former defendants in ritualistic child murders.[6]Rud was sentenced to 40 years in January 1985.

In February 1984, in Virginia, Richmond, 12 year old Jessica Hatch had set out to walk to her grandmother’s house. She never arrived. The upper torso was discovered outside the city with wounds and markings suggestive of ritual abuse. Just a few months previous to the murder, two children, ages 7 and 5, were taken into care after allegations that their mother and her boyfriend had been sexually abusing them. The children said they were forced to witness the murder of a 12-year-old girl during a cult ritual. While the police later found occult paraphernalia, at the home of the abused children testimonies were unforthcoming as they would “would freeze up…” and the police “couldn’t tell whether they were telling the truth or fantasizing.” The sexual abuse charges were dismissed. [7]

convicted sex offender and friend of the two suspects Gary Jay Beattie was: “arrested for making indecent proposals to a 9-year-old girl and two 13-year-old girls. All three girls knew Jessica Hatch and said that Beattie had also propositioned her. Beattie was acquitted of accosting the 9-year-old, but entered a plea bargain on outstanding sex charges involving the 13-year-old victims. His 5-year prison sentence was suspended.”  [8]

Beattie continued to be in and out of court on multiple charges of voyeurism which is hardly indicative of satanic abuse. However, he was seen as the closest thing to a suspect, although his history and character did not fit the butchering and mutilation characterised by the Hatch case. According to the local magazine in the area, it was not until a Richmond homicide detective “leaked” the true story that the crime was officially labelled as a satanic sacrificial killing. The police officers who were interviewed claimed there was a certain “police dilemma” in handling the ritual-in-progress situations which meant that the “police couldn’t legally interrupt a Satanic sacrifice ritual until the High Priest’s hand is actually seen arching downward toward the sacrifice-victim-to-be.” [9] Constitutional protections of the free exercise of religion were cited.

While important constitutional rights continue to disappear we have the exercise of freedoms for those to prey upon others still in place. Ergo, Jessica Hatch murder remains unsolved.

We now cross over to Toronto, and memories of Canada’s longest child welfare trial. The book Ritual Abuse (2006) describes the a women known as “Sharon Wells” a mother in need of a kidney donation from her own daughters. The only problem was that her daughters had accused her of horrific abuse and satanic murders almost 20 years previously.

The three young sisters were taken away from their mother by a judge who ruled she had sexually abused them in what was known as the infamous Cannibalism Case. Claims of sexual orgies, graveside Satanic murders, pornography and bestiality were recounted. The videos were alleged to have often been filmed at their home or at Hamilton TV station’s studio.

7-year-old Janis and 5-year-old Linda gave graphic descriptions of “midnight graveyard scenes with dancing and singing, of people with masks, of opening of graves and coffins together with gross sexual activities suggests cult activities,” …the murder of children as well as adults, of dismemberment, of cutting flesh from bones. ‘They have a camera,’ the foster mother quoted Janis telling her.

At the end of the 18 month welfare hearing Wells always protested her innocence despite her own history of trauma from an abusive father. Their stepfather was alleged to have been an equal partner in the crimes. The police never fully believed the children’s stories and no charges were ever laid. However, Judge Thomas Beckett “was convinced that the children’s ‘rich detail’ was evidence enough of deep trauma. [10]

Although a 1993 survey by the American Bar Association’s Center on Children and Family Law determined that 26 percent of prosecutors nationwide have handled cases involving ritualistic or sexual abuse, the cases that are genuine and not confused with what we may call “standard” sexual abuse, these seldom obtain prosecutions due to the disbelief of authorities and the possibility that severely traumatised children will be able to withstand cross-examination. Despite victims’ accounts indicating ritualistic abuse the clear categorisation and focus is missing in most cases.

There are some court cases that are dismissed or convictions overturned due to the tiniest of technicalities, thus allowing the perpetrators to freely abuse again. Cases that stretch to two or three retrials on the defence purposely using loopholes and technicalities to nullify the prosecutor’s case are a common tactic. They know that the parent’s love of their already traumatised children will not put them through a third trial.

One thing is certain, when enough cases of Satanic abuse are proved to be hoaxes, a highly subjective purview on the part of authorities and an unnecessary muddying of sexual abuse with Satanic themes, this allows a very effective buffer in society that equates all Satanic abuse with disbelief and delusion. There are no shortages of cases that show the stigma of these associative factors. The FBI Uniform Crime Reports (UCR) statistics list only 16,504 total homicides reported to law enforcement in 2003 while the FBI officially believes a satanic conspiracy to be untenable, as do many academic institutions and organisations.

SRA lends itself to what has been called “satanic panic” and not without good reason. The hysteria induced by the religious right and Christian fellowships further complicates the matter. If one believes in Satan and God then it often follows that ritual abuse not only exists but is to be found everywhere. A religious belief in the hierarchy of angels and demonic forces battling each other through the human world is a common belief in many Christian minds. For those of a more secular persuasion, this so-called evidence of a “demon-haunted world” is nothing more than the same irrational belief that places its faith in Jesus walking on water, and by extension, conspiracy theories of SRA.


baphometEliphas Levi’s representation of Baphomet from “Transcendental Magic” (1854)

“Levi’s image of Baphomet is not a representation of the Christian Devil but a symbol of the astral light, the dual current of occult force behind all magical work. This force may be employed for either good or evil ends, but is neither good nor evil in itself.”  – Michael Osiris Snuffin


The late scientist Carl Sagan passionately believed similar superstitions were bringing the world into a New Dark Age and had to be resisted at all costs. But is it not possible that between the stigma of the religious label of “Satan” and the hysteria from Christian reactions and over-zealous researchers that there is a source of compelling testimony, where ritual abuse is a reality? All abuse could be seen to be Satanic in the sense that it is birthed from evil and produces evil effects. We may just as easily call it “ceremonial psychopathy” – the results are the same.

Examples of this confusion include the infamous trails in Nottingham, Rochdale and the Orkney Islands which were akin to the Salem Witch trials of old. While intra-generational abuse may have been a reality in the Nottingham cases, it was side-lined when Satanic ritual abuse was brought into the mix. In fact, during the 1980s and 90s there were scores of high profile cases which saw many persons spend a number of years in jail who were completely innocent. Sex abuse has often been thrown out when the more “risky” accusations of SRA surface.

Since that time, there have been less cases of Satanic networks of the kinds that were alleged to have been operating, further suggesting signs of panic, a subsection of the wider “discourse of disbelief” that partly gave rise to the “moral panic”  discussed in Crowd Control. Suggestive interrogation techniques used on children have added to the confusion causing many a case to dissolve into farce. Even if abuse was present, without physical evidence, cases often start placing exclusive importance on child testimony alone, which eventually leads to the dismissal of the case.

One possible example of Satanic panic follows.

In 1994, Canadian Darren Koehn was baby-sitting his 3 year-old son Jeremy who was poorly. He had taken a nap and had awoken to the cries of his son needing “the puke bucket.” He instinctively hopped over the coffee table to attend to his son and no doubt retrieve the receptacle. In his haste to do so, he landed on Jeremy who had been lying on the floor behind the table. Koehn checked his son to see if he was unhurt. The baby appeared to be fine, a conclusion of negligence that would cost Jeremy dear. In fact, he had internal injuries in his abdominal area. A couple of hours after the accident, his son had a convulsion and aspirated on his own vomit. When the paramedics arrived, Koehn and his neighbour were desperately trying to revive him, but to no avail.

By the time Darren and his son were at hospital in the emergency room, suspicions were being voiced from the doctor and emergency crews about the minor scrapes and bruises on Jeremy which “fit the profile” of potential abuse. Koehn was arrested at the hospital and charged with negligence. The charges were to become much more serious based on a catalogue of flawed evidence, bias from police, the courts, the pathologist and Koehn’s vindictive in-laws. According to one report on the case, a “hand-picked” pathologist was chosen with a clear bias towards SRA and where “her extraordinary testimony was needed to convict in a ‘satanic ritualistic crime’.”  Her work as an impartial and objective pathologist was therefore called into question along with errors, distortions and contamination of key evidence that was not discovered as false until after the trial.

The New-Age items and décor also helped to categorise Koehn’s tragic mistake as a profile for a “Satanic Crime.” Koehn and his mother were Wiccans, (Wicca is a Neo-pagan religion found in many different countries and with a generally benign history). With potential abuse already foremost in the investigating police officers’ minds, they arrived to investigate Koehn and his mother whom they had been living with since a custody battle with in-laws. It would be these in-laws, devastated by the loss of their nephew that would accuse Koehn of Satanism, adding further fuel to an already hysterical mob clamouring for blood. With grossly distorted forensic evidence which was not presented in court, Darren Koehn remains in prison with little chance for an appeal lawyer. [11]

From his own independent investigations which included Pamela Hudson’s research into child ritual abuse cases in the 1980s and spanning some 35 years of experience working in mental health for both in-patient and out-patient, SRA Researcher James Quan is in no doubt about: “the internal consistency present in current reports of SRA” which he describes as “astounding.”

Quan offers one example from Hudson’s research:

“In 1988, she conducted a telephone survey of one set of parents from each of 10 day care cases and the non-offending parent of two brothers from a coven case – for a total of 12 children representing 11 locations – on the East Coast, Texas, and up and down the West Coast. No parent knew beforehand that she would be calling, and therefore no one had an opportunity to compare responses before her call. She spoke only to the parents, not the children.”  [12]

37 Adults from 5 separate wards in 4 separate hospitals across the country were surveyed over the course of two years of treatment. There were extensive correlations and similarities between child survivors from 11 locations and adult survivors from 4 hospitals across the country, both within each study and between the two studies. [13]

In fact, it may be something more complex that is allowed to hide behind normalised dynamics. But the systematic and organised networks of sexual abuse using Satanism as a convenient method of “masking” may not be a fantasy. Or as Quan eloquently suggested, perhaps the: “…consistent symptoms do reflect a sadistic reality of a self-perpetuating addiction to power through sexualized evil, in which there is a confirmed code of secrecy.” [14]

Unless accompanied with suitable “conspiracy theory” derision, Satanism in the media is taboo partly due to sensationalism and the seemingly outlandish claims described by some victims. To be fair, SRA has in the past become a classic example of tabloid journalism, which of course it is. Picture busty High Priestess torch-lit with skulls and candles strategically placed in foreground under a banner: “Horror of Blood-soaked Bedlam in Bedford: Suburban Housewife conducts Black Magick Rituals against Estranged Husband!” It works perfectly as a double layer, with isolated cases of paedophilia and incompetent police investigations, or community “network” loosely termed. A satanic element to the crimes can be revealed and lurid details are splashed across the newspapers. All this may serve to keep a lid on the true nature of satanic abuse that can often be enmeshed with organised crime, blackmail and mind control all of which are considered the province of conspiracy theorists and thus not worth pursuing. The mainstream media do their best to see that such a perception continues.

What is now being discovered is that ritual abuse in a Satanic context may actually be a form of international ritual abuse beyond the confines of the lone paedophile but well within the context of child rape network and human trafficking.

Various strains of existentialism and Kabbalistic cross-overs can all be blended into forms of Satanic occultism. It has become a generic term for certain forms of occult practice known as “the left-hand path” where the God of Matter is worshipped and manipulation for selfish ends takes precedent. Can we not label any ponerised results of ideologies and political or social practices which induce large-scale pathology as “Satanic”? Dictionary definitions characterise Satan as: “extremely wicked; devil-like; diabolical” with “Satan” sourced from “Abrahamic origins … traditionally applied to an angel, demon, or minor god in many belief systems.” The manifestations of Satanism can be seen clearly enough, in both implicit and explicit terms. It matters little what labels are used. A deeper definition of Satanism, beyond the confines of masks and robes could be said to be the form of evil that induces aberrant forms of pathology in the populace on its behalf. This serves to keep such evil firmly ensconced behind whatever organisation, government body or Establishment institution deemed suitable.

If we are to look for more overt examples we need only follow the recent history of the military-corporate complex, a Nazi heritage of which forms the background of much of the Conservative and Anglo-American Establishment. Could it be that Satanic rituals practiced by the SS and high ranking officers of the Third Reich continue under the auspices of NATO and the US military?

It may not be as far-fetched as it sounds.

 


Notes

[1] op. cit. Scott (p. 90) (see Sex, Lies and Society.)
[2] ‘Ritual child-abuse allegations draw attention to Danville case.’ By M. Kelley, Associated Press, January 27, 1997.
[3] ‘Murders of 8-year-olds reportedly a cult ritual,’ Chicago Tribune, Jun 8, 1993.
[4] Moss, D.C. ‘Are the children lying?’ by D.C. Moss, ABA Journal, May 1,59-62. 1987.
[5] ‘Sexual abuse case continues to haunt town in Minnesota.’ By J. Crewdson, J., Emmerman, and E. Ogintz, Chicago Tribune, December 16, 1984.
[6] ‘Dropping of sex cases investigated’ by Eileen Ogintz, Chicago Tribune, Oct 17, 1984.
[7] ‘Sensational cases across the country.’ By A. Ross, San Francisco Examiner, September 29, 1986.
[8] Ibid.
[9] Style Weekly, Richmond, Issue January 19, 1988, http://www.styleweekly.com.
[10] Daughters asked to donate kidney to ailing mother they accused of horrific sexual abuse, By Michele Mandel, Toronto Sun, January 29, 2006.
[11] For more information about Darren Koehn visit the website http://www.freedarrenkoehn.com. The website links to an Online Petition demanding attention to the appeal and the case reopened.
[12] ‘A Consolidation of SRA and False Memory Data.’ By James Quan, November 1996. (various websites).
[13] ‘Ritual child abuse: A survey of symptoms and allegations,’ by Pamela Hudson, Journal of Child and Youth Care, Special Issue, 27-53.
[14] op. cit. Quan

Religious Authoritarians VI: Temple Mount …Temple Might VI

“Do you not know that you are God’s temple and that God’s Spirit dwells in you?”

– Corinthians 3:16


962095878-horz

Apparently the message from Corinthians above, might as well have been scrawled on a latrine for all the lack of attention it received. Temple Mount and the Dome of Rock remain the primary portal of enormous conflict where the indwelling spirit of God seems to be the last thing on the minds of the warring tribes of cultish monotheism.

One of the two most important lynch-pins of End Times prophecy in Judaism and Christian belief is firstly, the rebirth of Israel, support for which has become the central nexus of foreign policy and the jewel in the crown of religious fundamentalist prophecy. Secondly, the idea of the Anti-Christ in Dominionism and Rapture theory who signs a seven year peace treaty with Israel – before its annihilation. The rebuilding of Temple Mount in Jerusalem with support from both Muslims and Jews is part of this deal. This is necessary because the Anti-Christ’s double-cross involves its desecration with all manner of apocalyptic calamities drawn from the traditions of Moses so that Christ will be suitably impressed and venture forth to provide the Second Coming carnival. The eschatological rules must be obeyed and it seems for the Christian Fundies, Jews must convert at the last minute to save more Gentiles, while Israel is busy being purged and sacrificed for God’s Kingdom to reign once more.

The Jewish Messianics and Lubavitchers  however, see it in reverse.  Christians and Gentiles will be sacrificed with Israel reigning supreme over a Greater Israel. Armageddon does not feature. At least, certainly not in the sense that they are the main course.

The Temple Mount has been a sacred religious site for Judaism, Christianity, Islam and pagan cults for thousands of years. Despite the accuracy of the geographical location being called into question it remains the inspiration for the final curtain of the End Times. For Judaism it is the birthplace of the world, a place which brought forth the sacred book of the Talmud; Abraham’s sacrificial and ritualistic binding of Isaac. [1] Orthodox Jewish beliefs assign meaning to the Temple in the shape of a “… figurative ‘footstool’ of God’s presence.” [2]

Most importantly, it is considered to be the location for Solomon’s Temple a site which has significance for religion, freemasonry and other occult groups. [3] British freemasonry in particular and the most “lunatic elements” within the fraternity have been involved in ensuring that the destinies of the “Lost Tribes of Israel” and the Royal bloodlines conform to the prophecies stretching back to Babylon and ancient Egypt.

51ypKU42fxL._In Judeo-Christian theology The Temple of Solomon is thought to have been built by King Solomon, son of Davidin 957 BCE and represented the First Temple in eschatological thought. After being destroyed by the Babylonians in 586 BCE, the Second Temple was apparently constructed on the same site first by the Persian King Cyrus the Great, (515 BC) completed under the reign of King Darius I (522 BC) and rebuilt and reconstructed by King Herod by 37 BC. The First Jewish-Roman war and The Siege of Jerusalem in the year 70 saw the destruction of the Second Temple. In Jewish traditions it is said that the Third and final Temple will be built on the same sacred site.

Islam’s contribution to the Temple mythology came from the Muslim conquest of Jerusalem in 637 BC and the subsequent construction of the Dome of the Rock on the site completed by 692 BC. This is where the Bible states that the Holy third Temple be built, which is why Sunni Muslims see this as the holiest site in Islam.

So, we have Christians, Muslims, Palestinians and Jews all claiming religious sovereignty over the site. We also have an alliance between ultra-right Christian Fundamentalists and Militant Zionists. The Christian Zionist and messianic sects in the US government – with particular attention to Chabad Lubavitch – require a precise biblical working out of a very, VERY old agenda with a spy vs. spy manipulation on a grand scale, with a global holocaust as their shared objective. For the Christian fundies, if Jews do not convert then they will be destroyed and the inherent anti-Semitism present in the religious right will be seen in all its Christian glory. Since these cycles of millennialism come and go and the world obviously doesn’t end, there is nonetheless, widespread carnage when shock, abandonment and disillusion sets in from what doesn’t happen, as much as what does.

If you find the notion that individuals and groups are actively seeking to stimulate World War III in the 21st Century a little hard to swallow, one of the best investigations of the subject is by Israeli author Gershom Gorenberg who confirms that this is indeed the dominant reality, where Christian Zionists, Jewish messianists and Muslim apocalyptic preachers are converging to do battle on the sacred site of Temple Mount with the rest of us as global collateral.

In this extract from Gorenberg’s book The End of Days: Fundamentalism and the Struggle for the Temple Mount he describes the reworking of eschatological scripts and the strange apocalyptic dances of the protagonists in question:

At the ‘End of the World,’ the believers of three faiths will watch the same drama, but with different programs in their hands. In one, Jesus is Son of God; in another he is Muslim prophet. The Jews messiah is cast in the Muslim script as the dajjal – another name for the Antichrist, the deceiver predicted by Christian tradition. The infidels in one script are the true believers of another. If your neighbor announces that the End has come, you can believe him, even if he utterly misunderstands what is happening.

It makes sense: Christianity’s scriptwriters reworked Judaism and Islam rewrote both. David Cook notes that from the start, apocalyptic ideas moved back and forth between the faiths; the global village is older than we realize. Some of the early spokesmen of Islamic apocalyptic thinking were converted Jews and Christians; they arrived with histories of the future in their saddlebags.

What’s more, a story’s end is when the truth comes out, the deceived realize their mistake. The deep grievance at the start of both Christianity and Islam is that the Jews refused the new faith – so the Jews must appear in both religion’s drama of the End, to be punished or recognize their error.

And the setting of the End is also shared. The crucial events take place in or near Jerusalem. After all, the script began with the Hebrew prophets, for whom Jerusalem was the center not only of their world but of God’s, and everyone else worked from their material. Isaiah’s announcement of the End of Days comes directly after he laments that the ‘faithful city [has] become a harlot.’ That sets up the contrast: In the perfected age,’ the mountain of the Lord’s house shall be established as the top of the mountains’ and ‘out of Zion shall go forth the law.’ The Messiah’s task is to end the Jews’ exile and reestablish David’s kingdom – in his capital.

Christianity reworked that vision. Jesus, says the New Testament, was not only crucified and resurrected in the city, he ascended to heaven from the Mount of Olives – and promised to return there. Without the Jews’ national tie to the actual Jerusalem, Christians could allegorized such verses. The Jerusalem of the end could be built on other shores, and countless millennial movements have arisen elsewhere. But the literal meaning is there to be reclaimed, particularly in a time of literalism, such as our own.

Most striking of all is Islam’s adoption of the same setting. For Muslim apocalyptic believers, Jerusalem is the capital in the messianic age. At the end of time, say Muslim traditions, the Ka’ba – Islam’s central shrine in Mecca – will come to Jerusalem. The implication is that in Islam, speaking of the apocalypse at least hints at Jerusalem – and a struggle over Jerusalem alludes to the last battle.

Curiously, academic experts often say that Islam assigns scant space to apocalypse. In the religion’s early centuries, believers attributed a vast body of contradictory traditions to the Prophet. Early Islamic scholars winnowed the sayings, establishing which were most reliable. Meanwhile, Islam became the faith of an empire, and it was time to talk softly of overthrowing the given order. So the authors of books containing the ‘most accurate’ traditions, the pinnacle of the canon, said little of the End. ‘High’ Islam appears un-apocalyptic. [4] [Emphasis mine]

So, we see the reason for Christians becoming Christian Zionists and the Dominionists jumping in bed with the Jewish Messianists – they seek to ditch the Jews at the last moment unless they fully repent and convert, which obviously isn’t going to happen. Meantime, they are useful players in this Biblical saga, as they are integral to the narrative of final redemption. Christian Zionists believe that the Second Coming will only take place if an “ingathering” of Jews is initiated in accordance with what they see as Biblical prophecy. They are the “chosen people of God” all right, but not quite in the way that Jews see themselves

Christian_cross

© infrakshun

Described as the Father of Christian Zionism, Texan Evangelist Hal Lindsey gleefully exclaimed: “Only 144,000 Jews will remain alive after the battle of Armageddon. These remaining Jews – every man, woman and child among them – will bow down to Jesus. As converted Christians, all the adults will at once begin preaching the gospel of Christ. Imagine! They will be like 144,000 Billy Grahams turned loose at once!” [5]

The Late Great Planet Earth (1970) has been described by the New York Times as the “#1 Non-fiction Bestseller of the Decade.” and with approximately 35 million books sold worldwide [6] Lindsey taps into the sub-strata of collective fears and reaping not only huge profits but fanning the flames of dangerous sectarianism. Like so many End Times writers constant revisions of prophecies that never come to be make it an exercise in hyperbole, self-justification and prevarication further underscores his opinions, the sources and footnotes of which are absent.

Lindsey’s business acumen and clever marketing strategy is in keeping with End Times non-fiction. His extraordinary reach and popularity however is in part, a result of his ascent to power care of the Reagan Administration of the early 1980s and he was not alone in that revival. According to Presbyterian Minister and writer Don Wagner:

“The election of Ronald Reagan ushered in not only the most pro-Israel administration in history but gave several Christian Zionists prominent political posts … Once the Reagan Administration opened the door, leading Evangelical Christian Zionist televangelists and writers were given direct access to the President and cabinet members. Rev. Jerry Falwell, Christian Zionist televangelist Mike Evans and author Hal Lindsey among them” [7]

Despite the professed love for Jews by fundamentalist and Catholic Christianity the history of the Church paints a different picture. As anti-Semitism has been used by Jewish power brokers and Israel to do as exactly as they please to whomever they please, so too, the Christian groups have adopted the politically useful tool of philo-Semitism so that they can smile sweetly while guiding them into a second holocaust that will be potentially far worse than World War II. Once the Jews have performed their task, only a select few (144, 000) maybe proffered salvation through conversion. If not, then they will burn in a multi-denominational hell along with the rest of us.

God Works in Mysterious ways indeed…

For Christian Zionists and many Dominionists, Jews are the vital key to Rapture and salvation. But once the door is open the key can be thrown away. And since the Jews, in their eyes are the source of all the problems of the world then it is only Biblical logic that they should be “dispensed” with, which is why many Christians support Israel, above and beyond all reason. While Israel and Jewish people move in line with Biblical prophecy then support will be forthcoming.

Come “Judgment Day” – the gloves are off.

Commensurate with daggers and smiles is the economic elevation of Israel with sufficient amounts of weapons and military might to ensure its perceived survival. Unfortunately, this amounts to fattening up the Golden Calf for a nuclear slaughter. Moreover, on the road to sacrificing humans, there are customs and rituals of animal sacrifice with a long and bloody history. Sacrificial cults have played a large role in Jewish history all the way back to the Talmudic Babylonian sects and the Israelities’ clash with Mosaic Law. Even the Torah has pages about animal sacrifice. As the practice died out Judaism seemed to do quite well without it, just like everyone else who decided to grow and progress.

Jerusalem_BW_1

Panorama of the Temple Mount, seen from the Mount of Olives | Photo: Berthold Werner (wikipedia)

Jewish journalist and author Grace Hasell illustrates this point when she recounts a meeting she had with a retired Army Major named Owen who in early 1999, as part of a dispensationalist group called Concerned Christians, was arrested by Israeli police. He and other members were jailed and deported back to the US after being accused of: “… planning a ‘bloody apocalypse’ to hasten the Second Coming of Christ,” and further, “…plot[ting] the destruction of Jerusalem’s most holy Islamic shrine.” She accompanies Owen as they visit the Dome of Rock, the shrine located at Temple Mount and the City of Jerusalem which has been “… throughout its long history … predominantly and overwhelmingly Arab.”

Hasell describes the scene as their Jewish guide who is leading the group launches into his practiced spiel:

“There—” our guide said, pointing upward toward the Dome of the Rock and Al-Aqsa mosque — “we will build our Third Temple. We have all the plans drawn for the temple. Even the building materials are ready. They are hidden in a secret place. There are several shops where Israelis work, making the artifacts we will use in the new temple. One Israeli is weaving the pure linen that will be used for garments of the priests of the temple.”

He pauses, then adds:

In a religious school called Yeshiva Ateret Cohanim the Crown of the Priests — located near where we are standing, rabbis are teaching young men how to make animal sacrifice.”

A woman in our group, Mary Lou, a computer specialist, seems startled to hear the Israelis want to return to the rites of the old Solomonic sacrificial altar of the temple.

“You are going back to animal sacrifice?” she asks. “Why?”

It was done in the First and Second Temples, our Israeli guide says. “And we do not wish to change the practices. Our sages teach that neglecting to study the details of temple service is a sin.”

Leaving the site, I remark to Owen that our Israeli guide had said a temple must be rebuilt on the Dome of the Rock site. But he said nothing about the Muslim shrines.

“They will be destroyed,” Owen tells me. “You know it’s in the Bible that the temple must be rebuilt. And there’s no other place for it except on that one area. You find that in the law of Moses.”

Did it seem possible, I ask Owen, that the Scripture about building a temple would relate to the time in which it was written — rather than to events in the current era?

“No, it is related to our era,” Owen says. “The Bible tells us that in the End Times the Jews will have renewed their animal sacrifice.”

In other words, I repeat, a temple must be built so that the Jews can resume their animal sacrifice?

“Yes,” said Owen, quoting Ezekiel 44:29 to prove his point.

Is Owen convinced that Jews, aided by Christians, should destroy the mosque, build a temple and reinstate the killing of animals in the temple — all in order to please God?

“Yes,” he replies. “That’s the way it has to be. It’s in the Bible.”

And does the building of the temple, I ask, fit into any time sequence?

Yes. We think it will be the next step in the events leading to the return of our Lord. As far as its being a large temple, the Bible doesn’t tell us that. All it tells us is that there will be a renewal of sacrifices. And Jews can do that in a relatively small building.”

Isn’t it atavistic, I ask, to go back to animal sacrifice? And what about a multitude concerned with animal rights in our modern age?

“But we don’t care what they say. It’s what the Bible says that’s important,” Owen stresses. “The Bible predicts a rebuilding of a temple. Now the people who are going to do it are not Christians but Orthodox Jews. Of course the Old Testament made out a very specific formula for what the Jews must follow regarding animal sacrifice. They can’t carry it out without a temple. They were observing animal sacrifice until 70 A.D. And when they have a temple they will have some Orthodox Jews who will kill the sheep or oxen in the temple, as a sacrifice to God.”

As Owen talks of reinstating animal sacrifice — a step he feels necessary for his own spiritual maturity — he seems to block from his awareness the fact that Muslim shrines stand on the site where he says God demands a temple be built.

That evening, after dinner, Owen and I take a long walk. Again, I voice my concerns about the dangers inherent in a plot to destroy Islam’s holy shrines.

Christians need not do it , Owen says, repeating what he told me earlier. “But I am sure the shrines will be destroyed.”

But, I insist, this can well trigger World War III.

Yes, that s right. We are near the End Times, as I have said. Orthodox Jews will blow up the mosque and this will provoke the Muslim world. It will be a cataclysmic holy war with Israel. This will force the Messiah to intervene.” Owen speaks as calmly, as softly as if telling me there’d be rain tomorrow.

“Yes,” he adds, as we return to our hotel. “There definitely must be a third temple” [8] 

Israel-2013(2)-Jerusalem-Temple_Mount-Dome_of_the_Rock_(SE_exposure)

Dome of the rock, Al-Aqsa mosque, Temple Mount, Jerusalem | Photo: Andrew Shiva.

The “Gush Emunim” or “Temple Mount Faithful” are as equally blasé as the Christians in the inevitability of death and bloodshed for everyone but their own tribe, utterly convinced as they are in their own special status certain that they have connected all the doctrinal dots in order to reserve their 1st class seat to heavenly bliss and World conquest. It is an apocalyptic picture that is painted with the same belief in blood and slaughter which saw the rise of the crusades. As one Temple Mount Rabbi enthused: “war is accompanied by destruction and death, on the other hand, it increases the power of the Messiah … Unfortunately, it is still impossible to achieve the completion of Redemption by any means other than war.” [9]

Whether it is the Christian belief in the Second Coming of Christ or the Jewish Messianists’ arrival of their Messiah it is unlikely either religious avatar would recognise him even if it were a reality. But you can be sure, should their geo-strategies be successful, that smoke, blood, bombs and horror will be very much at the heart of Israel during that process and possibly a large proportion of the world.

Do the Jewish Messianists have an ace up their sleeve perhaps? Nope. Just as the sacrifice of ordinary Jews during World War II was part of the plan for Statehood, so too the necessary and “inevitable” result of war may mean the levelling and destruction of many Jews for Lubavitchers , Christian Zionists and Dominionists as a necessary revenge. Gorenberg, views it like this: “The Jews die or convert. … If you listen to the drama they’re describing, essentially it’s a five-act play in which the Jews disappear in the fourth act.” [10] 

And the possibility of the fourth act being rushed through anytime in the next decade requires a speedy evaluation of living arrangements sooner rather than later if you happen to live in Israel. Such thinking hasn’t escaped the plotters and architects of terror. Pragmatism and survival is only logical. If you light the fire then you plan your escape route well in advance if you wish to rise phoenix-like from the ashes. Evidence of these preparations has been seen for decades in Establishment circles.

Journalist Wolfgang Eggert has been researching the subject for years and reports on lands in countries of Latin America currently being scouted as suitable refuges for the wealthy:

There is a storm brewing and thus it is not surprising that members of the controlling “caste” are looking around for safe harbours. Kawther Salam reports that the Israeli government is carrying out huge purchases of land at the other end of the world, in the remote Southern tip of South America. Her report coincides with revelations on the Internet, allegedly originating from German Intelligence Sources (Bundesnachrichtendienst), stating that this is an Israeli-American joint venture safety manoeuvre. Financial head of this venture: Paul Wolfowitz.

The truth is that almost a sixth part of Patagonia – which means a territory as big as Austria and Switzerland together – is now owned by 350 foreign “investors”. Media baron Ted Turner (CNN) only recently purchased a huge property including a safe water supply provided by a private river. George Soros, the Hungary-born Billionaire residing in New York, is one of the biggest private land owners in this area. The same is true for his associate Eduardo Elzstain, the Argentine business magnate and great Chabad donor. In the North of the American continent investments in building projects of the better-informed-circles are meanwhile being moved into the bowels of the earth. The Neo-Conservative US Vice-President Dick Cheney only recently had a sophisticated private bunker system installed under his home. [11]

Holy War is a means to an end. Just like the Neo-Conservatives, the Christian Zionists, occult groupings and Satanic practice itself, war is not a necessary evil but the means and the end rolled into one. This is where the depopulationists, eugenicists and eco-fascists align with the religious fanatics in the total disregard for human life, where culling of humans is for a global salvation serving a select few, the divine rights of which must be enforced. At this stage, the net results are the same, with religio-occult beliefs aligned in a common union of death for the “greater good” and on a grand scale.

The Pathocratic Elite and their military have been planning and spending considerable sums on private bunkers with the use of allocated funds far removed from Congress for decades. There are also those underground labyrinths left over from the Cold War presently undergoing refurbishments in order to serve the needs of the “continuity of government” in the face of nuclear attack or environmental catastrophe – or both. The overwhelming priority is the cull, survival and total control.

The influences of Chabad Lubavitch, Zionism and their connections to the Establishment in the US, UK and Israel cannot be viewed in isolation from religious fanaticism currently pervading Western politics. Moreover, these expressions of psychopathy and their probable trajectories cannot be understood further without taking a closer look at the dynamics of all three.

 


Notes

[1] “The most recent Palestinian uprising, this past September, began in the wake of the opening of Jerusalem’s “Hasmonean Tunnel,” which runs adjacent to the Haram al-Sharif, Islam’s Third Holiest Shrine, is the former site of the Temple of Herod, destroyed in A.D. 70 by Roman legions commanded by Titus.
Though the media repeatedly discounted it at the time, the Palestinians were enraged due to their fear that the opening of the Tunnel was the beginning of the end for the Al-Aqsa Mosque and the start of the rebuilding of the Third Temple, which is the fabled goal to which most of the esoteric secret societies of the West and most especially the orders of Freemasonry, are oriented (indeed, masonic iconography is obsessed with a rebuilt Temple).
The establishment media, in a remarkable demonstration of the uniformity and power of their monopoly control of large scale communications, were able to stifle any substantial reporting in September, providing evidence that Palestinian fears on this subject had some justification.
In what James Shelby Downard terms a “cryonic process” (after the method by which Walt Disney’s mortal remains are supposedly preserved)–the freeze-wait-thaw operation–the truth about the intense concentration of the resources of both esoteric Zionism and esoteric Freemasonry on this “Temple Mount” complex, was frozen while the riots raged. When they subsided, a waiting period ensued as the crisis left the front pages and moved slightly to the rear of the consciousness of the group mind of the masses. After the waiting period, came the thaw, when the truth was taken out of the deep freeze and presented to the public. […]
The opening of the tunnel in September, 1996, with its ritual bloodshed, a precursor of the sacrificial blood ordained to flow if the Temple is rebuilt, was orchestrated in 1867. It was then that the future General Sir Charles Warren, England’s Commissioner of Police and co-conspirator in the occult ritual murder known to history as “Jack the Ripper,” had been dispatched on yet another masonic mission, to lay the groundwork for the rebuilding of the Temple of Jerusalem. And so it was that in 1867, one of England’s most important Freemasons, a member of its “research lodge” (Ars Quator Coronatorum), “rediscovered” the claustrophobic, 500-yard tunnel.
The “implements” of the old Temple, according to the Talmud, were hidden on the Temple Mount before the destruction of the Second Temple. With Warren’s Tunnel now open, the “treasure hunt” begins, as the establishment media admitted, between the lines, during its mid-October “thaw.”
In the second week in October, Zionist zealots involved in crimes of terrorism linked to the hoped-for destruction of Al-Aqsa mosque, suddenly entered stage center from their establishment-imposed positions of obscurity. In the processing of the group mind, chronology is everything. Hence, mid October was the time designated for slowly pulling the curtain back and revealing the actual game afoot . At this juncture the establishment media unveiled Mr. Yehuda Etzion, head of Hai Vekayam, spearhead of the drive to rebuild Herod’s Temple upon the ruins of Islam’s revered Al-Aqsa mosque. As if on cue, seven Hai Vekayam “activists” were arrested by Israeli police when they tried to force their way onto the Dome of the Rock in October.
Also on cue, a petition was presented to the Israelis in October, dotting every “i” and crossing every “t” of every Palestinian fear about what the Zionists intend with their “tunnel.” The petition, put forth by the Temple Mount Faithful organization, a group financed by deep-pockets Judeo-Churchian fundamentalists in the U.S. and shadowy, international Zionist and masonic moneybags, calls for the removal of the mosque from the Temple Mount. James Shelby Downard and I have a term for that call: Truth or Consequences via Revelation of the Method. – From ‘Warren’s Tunnel, The Palestinian Riots and The Apocalypse’ by Michael A. Hoffman II. 1996. | http://www.revisionisthistory.org
[2] There is no evidence at all for the Temple of Solomon story both in terms of location and narrative. For more information on the nature of the Bible as very far from a historical document please read: Who Wrote the Bible? By Laura-Knight-Jadczyk at http://www.cassiopaea.org/category/volumes/who-wrote-the-bible/ | Shekhinah: “Shekinah, Shekinah, Shechinah, Shechina, or Schechinah, (Hebrew: שכינה‎) is the English spelling of a grammatically feminine Hebrew ancient blessing of the feminine aspect of God. The original word means the dwelling or settling, and denotes the dwelling or settling of the divine presence of God, especially in the Temple in Jerusalem.” (Wikipedia)
[3] “The most recent Palestinian uprising, this past September, began in the wake of the opening of Jerusalem’s “Hasmonean Tunnel,” which runs adjacent to the Haram al-Sharif, Islam’s Third Holiest Shrine, is the former site of the Temple of Herod, destroyed in A.D. 70 by Roman legions commanded by Titus.
Though the media repeatedly discounted it at the time, the Palestinians were enraged due to their fear that the opening of the Tunnel was the beginning of the end for the Al-Aqsa Mosque and the start of the rebuilding of the Third Temple, which is the fabled goal to which most of the esoteric secret societies of the West and most especially the orders of Freemasonry, are oriented (indeed, masonic iconography is obsessed with a rebuilt Temple).
The establishment media, in a remarkable demonstration of the uniformity and power of their monopoly control of large scale communications, were able to stifle any substantial reporting in September, providing evidence that Palestinian fears on this subject had some justification.
In what James Shelby Downard terms a ‘cryonic process’ (after the method by which Walt Disney’s mortal remains are supposedly preserved)–the freeze-wait-thaw operation–the truth about the intense concentration of the resources of both esoteric Zionism and esoteric Freemasonry on this ‘Temple Mount’ complex, was frozen while the riots raged. When they subsided, a waiting period ensued as the crisis left the front pages and moved slightly to the rear of the consciousness of the group mind of the masses. After the waiting period, came the thaw, when the truth was taken out of the deep freeze and presented to the public. […]
The opening of the tunnel in September, 1996, with its ritual bloodshed, a precursor of the sacrificial blood ordained to flow if the Temple is rebuilt, was orchestrated in 1867. It was then that the future General Sir Charles Warren, England’s Commissioner of Police and co-conspirator in the occult ritual murder known to history as ‘Jack the Ripper,’ had been dispatched on yet another masonic mission, to lay the groundwork for the rebuilding of the Temple of Jerusalem. And so it was that in 1867, one of England’s most important Freemasons, a member of its ‘research lodge’ (Ars Quator Coronatorum), ‘rediscovered’ the claustrophobic, 500-yard tunnel.
The ‘implements’ of the old Temple, according to the Talmud, were hidden on the Temple Mount before the destruction of the Second Temple. With Warren’s Tunnel now open, the ‘treasure hunt’ begins, as the establishment media admitted, between the lines, during its mid-October “thaw.”
In the second week in October, Zionist zealots involved in crimes of terrorism linked to the hoped-for destruction of Al-Aqsa mosque, suddenly entered stage center from their establishment-imposed positions of obscurity. In the processing of the group mind, chronology is everything. Hence, mid October was the time designated for slowly pulling the curtain back and revealing the actual game afoot. At this juncture the establishment media unveiled Mr. Yehuda Etzion, head of Hai Vekayam, spearhead of the drive to rebuild Herod’s Temple upon the ruins of Islam’s revered Al-Aqsa mosque. As if on cue, seven Hai Vekayam ‘activists’ were arrested by Israeli police when they tried to force their way onto the Dome of the Rock in October.
Also on cue, a petition was presented to the Israelis in October, dotting every ‘I’ and crossing every ‘t’ of every Palestinian fear about what the Zionists intend with their ‘tunnel.’ The petition, put forth by the Temple Mount Faithful organization, a group financed by deep-pockets Judeo-Churchian fundamentalists in the U.S. and shadowy, international Zionist and masonic moneybags, calls for the removal of the mosque from the Temple Mount. James Shelby Downard and I have a term for that call: Truth or Consequences via Revelation of the Method. – From Warren’s Tunnel, The Palestinian Riots and The Apocalypse by Michael A. Hoffman II. 1996. | http://www.revisionisthistory.org
[4] p.45; The End of Days: Fundamentalism and the Struggle for the Temple Mount By Gershom Geronberg. Published by Oxford university Press 2002. | ISBN-10: 0195152050.
[5] p.111; The Late Great Planet Earth By Hal Lindsey and Carol C. Colsen, Published by Zondervan 1970. | ISBN-10: 031027771X.
[6] Hal Lindsey, The 1980’s: Countdown to Armageddon By Hal Lindsey, Published by Bantam, 1981 ( p.179). | ‘Hal Lindsey’s The Late, Great Planet Earth and the Rise of Popular Premillennialism in the 1970s’ By Cortney S. Basham, Western Kentucky University January 8 2012.
[7] ‘Beyond Armageddon’ By Donald Wagner, 2007. www. christianzionism.org/article/wagner04.asp
[8] Forcing God’s Hand: Why Millions Pray for a Quick Rapture and Destruction of Planet Earth By Grace Halsell. Published by Amana Publications 2002. | ISBN-10: 1590080157.
[9] ‘Temple Mount Fanatics Forment A New Thirty Years’ War,’ by Jeffrey Steinberg, Executive Intelligence Review, November 3, 2000.
[10] Gorenberg on CBS, 60 Minutes, October 6th, 2002, ‘Zion’s Christian Soldiers.’
[11] ‘Kein Zweiter Holocaust! By Wolfgang Eggert et al 2007 | http://www.apocalypse-no.net/en/

Religious Authoritarians IV: The Seven Mountains and Spiritual Warfare

“Having observed politics up close and personal for most of my adult lifetime, I have come to the conclusion that the rise of politicized religious fundamentalism may have been the key ingredient in the transformation of the Republican Party. Politicized religion provides a substrate of beliefs that rationalizes—at least in the minds of its followers—all three of the GOP’s main tenets: wealth worship, war worship, and the permanent culture war.”

Mike Lofgren, a Republican and former Congressional stafferThe Party Is Over: How Republicans Went Crazy, Democrats Became Useless, and the Middle Class Got Shafted


Frederick Clarkson from the online journal public eye wrote an in-depth study of Christian Recontructionism and its twin: Dominionism in 1994. He concluded that the latter sought to: “… replace democracy with a theocratic elite that would govern by imposing their interpretation of ‘Biblical Law,’ ” where by the adopting tactics of stealth and deception the movement wishes to penetrate:

“… labor unions, civil rights laws, and public schools.” According to Clarkson this would make way for a New Order of Christian citizens where: “Women would be generally relegated to hearth and home. Insufficiently Christian men would be denied citizenship, perhaps executed. So severe is this theocracy that it would extend capital punishment [to] blasphemy, heresy, adultery, and homosexuality.”

In other words, the overriding objective is to “Rule the world for God.”

Sound familiar?

It’s just another form of psychopathy seeding and exploiting its potential for a genetic drive anyway it can, which is why according to one Dominionist: “… it is very important that mature Christians have a majority of leadership positions whenever possible, God willing.” [1]

kingdom of Satan

“Seven Mountains of the Christian Industrial Complex – fanaticforjesus.blogspot.co.uk/

The Seven Mountains of Dominionism (7DM) a nested brand within Dominionism pathology

The father of Christian Recontructionism the late R.J. Rushdoony helped establish Dominionism through various individuals in the 1980s and 1990s, most notably through his son-in-law Gary North, Pat Robertson, Tim LaHaye, Gary Bauer, Herb Titus, the former Dean of Robertson’s Regent University School of Public Policy Charles Colson and a coterie of television and radio evangelists too numerous to mention. Communism and humanism were the evils to be thwarted and there needed to be a new political dispensation formulated if they were to be successful.

0

R.J. Rushdoony

From the 1970s onwards fundamentalist, Evangelical and Pentecostal camps jumped aboard the Dominionist train travelling widely across the whole religious ecology of America, picking up tens of thousands of passengers. This was partly due to the colonisation of TV and radio by evangelist preachers, in particular Pat Robertson who, as Katherine Yurica explains: “mobilized the millions of politically indifferent and socially despised Pentecostals and fundamentalists in America and turned them into an angry and potent army of political conquerors.” This resulted in Roman Catholics and Episcopalians joining the ranks in increasing numbers throughout the 1980s and 1990s. [2]  [3]

The politicizing of the fundamentalist cause was a great moral boost for its members who had been shunned by most normal thinking people as several packets short of a biscuit. Robertson gave them teeth and the ability to wield power as never before. As the media began to make inroads into satellite TV and talk show coverage, publishing saw the revival as another lucrative market. By tapping into the already simmering fears of the religious right and giving it a political imperative, End Times Dominionism became like a pyramid scheme where the more you evangelised the more money was made. it meant that every “sin” that was committed was for the greater glory of God and thus permitted. It also meant new Cults of Dominionism were cropping up such as the overtly fascistic Seven Mountains brand mentioned above. It’s allure lay in the fact that it calls out the “evil doers” and Satan’s wiley ways while using exactly the same methods for inculcating its flock and not just using twists on Old Testament theology. It uses real world applications across all domains of society.

By pointing the historical finger at forms of fascism and indicating where they went wrong, 7MD simply replaces the labels with its own lexicon. This overtly religious fascism is far more potent and appealing than any of the corporate and political forms of fascism since it’s perceived Divine imperative transcends any notion of human interference. It is God’s will flowing each and every elected “instrument” which has given himself over to such a power. Dominionism of this kind traverses it ALL with politics at the very centre of religious aspirations.  But such a New World needed an educated (brainwashed) flock so Universities and schools were organised, predicated on Fundamentalist / Dominionist principles in order to furnish a plentiful supply of the blindly faithful. To that end: “Robertson’s Regent University was given a $100 million endowment.” [4]

One of the most popular Evangelists was the late Billy Graham, the respected and world famous preacher, who was immensely influential in mid-town America. He once told an audience on the 700 Club show that: “The time has come when evangelicals are going to have to think about getting organized corporately … I’m for evangelicals running for public office and winning if possible and getting control of the Congress, getting control of the bureaucracy, getting control of the executive branch of government. I think if we leave it to the other side we’re going to be lost. I would like to see every true believer involved in politics in some way shape or form.” [5]

billy_graham

Rev. Billy Graham

Psychopathy is nothing if not adaptable. While criticising your foe you can use tactical and strategic tools to cloak it with religious values.

The modern cult of Religion: nothing like cornering the market …

Since the CIA has traditionally been associated with the religious right it is well within their scope to crank up the fanatical fever with suitable bribes and selective blackmailing. However, if a little more energy is needed to increase the momentum of such movements, such tactics are generally not needed. The decidedly Machiavellian approach of the Dominionists in using every tactic to gain control of the state is sourced from the belief that the spiritual elect are destined to lead since they automatically perceived as perfect in their roles. Whatever evil the Dominionist Christian perpetrates, it is permitted as part of God’s Divine Plan. It is here that the Neo-Conservatives and Straussian philosophy fits neatly into theocratic designs. Though traditionally associated with Zionism, the Neo-Cons and Republican right-wingers have all shapes and sizes catering for RWAs, Double High Social Dominators. As has been mentioned, “The end justifies the means” was an ethos powerful exemplified in the Bush-Cheney administration and represented a serious tearing of the fabric of the American Republic. These tears in the political fabric have allowed new and more dangerous brands of extremism to slink into the mainstream.

The Project for a New American Century (PNAC) the Neo-Conservative think tank was effectively a homage to Machiavelli, a figure whose political stratagems played a decisive role in the invasion of Iraq, the chaos inflicted on Syria, Libya, and now the pressing desire to tackle Iran. The Bush Administration did perhaps more than any other US government to allow the Christian right and Jewish Messianism a firm foothold in the corridors of power.

Neo-Con Michael Ledeen is a fellow at the right-wing think tank the American Enterprise Institute and one for whom the Bush Administration’s Karl Rove consulted on a regular basis, pre-Iraq and post 9/11. Dick Cheney and Donald Rumsfeld also found Ledeen’s ideas seductive. But perhaps the real coup arrived when Dominionism hitched a ride on the coat-tails of such people as Paul Wolfowitz who was to become the architect of Neo-Zionist Conservatism or “Zio-Conservatism” which took Dominionism to whole new level.

Ledeen best represents the kind of modern religious crusade mentality that is rationalised and justified through Machiavellian discourse. He even wrote a book about it in 1999 entitled: Machiavelli on Modern Leadership: Why Machiavelli’s Iron Rules Are as Timely and Important Today as Five Centuries Ago. In it he states quite happily: “In order to achieve the most noble accomplishments, the leader may have to ‘enter into evil.’ This is the chilling insight that has made Machiavelli so feared, admired, and challenging. It is why we are drawn to him still…” [6]

And by “we” Ledeen means the Neo-Conservatives who have shown that evil is certainly no impediment to desire. Indeed, its very embodiment seems to materialise with remarkable ease, which is why he either doesn’t care or cannot see that evil multiplies exponentially by believing that: “… there are circumstances when only doing evil ensures the victory of a good cause.” It is precisely when good is being transformed into evil that the desired end ‘cause’ can only produce more evil. The ends do not justify the means – the means become the end in itself. But Ledeen is salivating at the prospect when he reveals: “Practicing deceit to fulfil your heart’s desire might be not only legitimate, but delicious![7]

Of course, the hundreds of thousands of dead and maimed families might have a slightly different take on the results of Mr. Leeden’s worldview.

Surprising as it may be, the principles of Machiavelli, Neo-Conservatism and an inversion of Christianity are actually creating a form of existential Satanism. Recall “Do what thou wilt under the Law,” the much quoted maxim from the Book of Thelma an occult treatise on Satanic Law written by Aleister Crowley. This keeps cropping up because it is drawn from exactly the same life philosophy and is merely an occult adjunct to the definition of: “the ends justify the means.”

As we continue, the reader will see how repeated instances of psychopathy will occur again and again under the most seemingly innocuous and unlikely of labels. In this context, journalist Katherine Yurica describes Pat Robertson’s propaganda where his:

“… transcribed television interviews and dialogs give shocking evidence to the legitimization of greed, hatred, violence and cruelty by members of the various fundamentalist branches of the American clergy and by elected officials of the Republican Party, which can be cited as evidence that Dominionism is not a Christian religion – that above everything else, Dominionism is synonymous with Machiavellianism: the ends justify the means. Under Dominionism, true Christianity is a target to destroy, not a goal to achieve.” [8]

Not only that, the populations within such a rise of theocratic power better be sure that they are followers of God because the mix of Neo-Conservative politics, corporatism and now Dominionism is a grave danger when it reaches positions of power.

michael_leeden_thumb_thumb.jpg

Michael A. Leeden

Yurica draws our attention to the Bible and the much perused passage for Dominionists in Romans 13 where she states:

“… it can be read to mean that any lawful government is ordained by God to execute retribution and punishment upon those who challenge (resist or rebel against) unjust policies of a government. When read this way, it takes on a new and sinister meaning. Or, it can be read to mean that once a new government of the United States of America has been established under biblical law – then no citizen will have the right to resist it or rebel against its edicts. In other words, the Declaration of Independence will no longer be applicable to the regency established by the Dominionists.” [9]

Central to Dominionism is the mandate of The Seven Mountains a tool by which Dominionists can exercise complete control over not only politics but every domain of society. Founder Loren Cunningham and his YWAM or “Youth with a Mission” organisation states that: “every culture has seven areas of influence that mould the minds of the culture and shape the culture’s future.” The seven mind molders or mountains are said to be: Government; Economic & Business, Education; Art & Media; Science & Technology; Family and Religious. YWAM has an estimated 20,000 full-time workers in 171 countries, with YWAM Global Leadership Team (GLT) and advisers to the Team 3 leadership of YWAM International. [10]

While the Neo-Conservative think-tankers are happy to let the Dominionist philosophy ride their slipstream, it is tailor-made for the Republican religious right in general, and as of 2010, it seems to have merged quite comfortably into their ranks. Virtually every religious leader in the US has no problem with Seven Mountains theology, despite its theocratic basis. Indeed, one of the many spellbinders of Seven Mountains ideology who’s had particular success is Dr. Lance Wallnau. He has a strong presence on the internet showing his video presentations where he leaps about in front of his white board with magic marker in hand. He even believes that Seven Mountain Dominionism is the answer to the Occupy Wall St. phenomena.

Have a read of this transcript from one of his youtube.com videos and see if you agree:

Most believers on the Earth are more frightened at the prospect of taking on the insurmountable giants represented by the mountains near them in their nations. They’re more intimidated by trying to take possession of what is an opposition that has strength and fortification in the natural, from the IRS, to Hollywood, to whatever. Most believers are afraid, so they create a theology that eliminates the responsibility for having to take territory and rather focuses on just getting people saved so that when Jesus comes back he can repopulate the Earth with people that are followers and let him take over the planet.

There is just a little problem with that: the little problem is Heaven is his throne and the Earth is the footstool of his feet and he was told that he was to sit at the Father’s right hand until God made his enemies a footstool for his feet, which means He doesn’t come back until He’s accomplished the dominion of nations.

The point is this: God wants to have the tabernacle at the top of every one of these spheres. You want to know what the spheres are that shape a nation? This is how you take a nation: you have to get into the family – that is why same-sex marriage such a demonic agenda … because who ever shapes the family mountain shapes the idea of what culture is for a man and wife. You got to get into the education mountain, you know why? Because whoever’s ideology is shaping that little kid when he’s a child, by the time he’s 19, hey for all you know he could become part of the Hitler Youth movement and die for the Fuhrer. Hitler basically knew that if he educated them as kids, he’d have them as sons to go fight for him. Government mountain where your laws get legislated. Media mountain where the truth is debated. And the arts mountain which is where sports and creativity come along, and we’ve got business and finance. Is it possible that there are seven sovereign spheres of authority?

By the way, that’s how you take nations. It’s the only way you take nations. There has never been a nation taken as the result of an evangelism harvest. Shocking but true. Believers don’t know these things, which is why we get in trouble.

You realize that when you have 8 per cent of a population, that’s the key. 8 per cent, that’s all it takes. 8 per cent, according to the Center for Religious and Diplomacy, practice Jihad. 8 per cent, according to the research of James Davidson Hunter, are doing the same sex marriage initiative, You’ve got 80 per cent Jews, Catholics, Protestants, 35 per cent of Evangelicals, even Mormons – you have a very broad constituency of 85-90 per cent of the American population is not for same-sex marriage. How is it that 7 per cent can impose their agenda on the other 90 per cent? It’s not because we don’t have enough converts to an idea – it’s because when Satan is shrewder in his own generation than the Sons of Light, he makes sure that he has his prophets of Baal at the high places. So what you have is a well-positioned 8 per cent whose agenda is working with the will of Principalities and Powers while Christians are in pursuit of the supernatural or glory or prosperity, but they’re missing the apostolic assignment. They’re to take over spheres and administer them for the glory of God.. [11] [Emphasis mine]

For right-wing fundies, it doesn’t occur to them that replacing one trenchant authority with another isn’t the answer either. In fact, what this man is talking about is derived from exactly the same source as fascism from the overtly religious path. The “glory of God” in this context justifies literally anything. Again, it is a familiar pattern which has explained away genocide, atrocity and torture for greater good. And since we are talking about this Divine Glory then then there is no limitation as to what will be acceptable for ushering in such a New World. And what a wonderful tool for Pathocracy to hijack.

As usual, Wallnau can’t (or chooses not to) see past his own love of authority and the desire to please God his Father, that he will do whatever it takes to “conquer nations.” Just like Lt. General Jerry Boykin and his ilk if a professed “Jesus” put a gun in his hands and asked him to use it on his behalf – would he do it? Very possibly but he’d prefer that the gullible Christian hanging on his every NLP-soaked lecture to do it for him.

Transforming culture and enacting “spiritual warfare” is not just forcing what they consider to be love down everyone’s throats it is the overt militarisation and indoctrination of radical conservatism under the guise of religious compassion which if present at all, will take a distant back seat to authoritarianism and very quickly totalitarianism. Democracy is seen as an obstacle to divine intervention and once such people have control of the judiciary, which appears more likely by the day, then there is nothing to stop them instituting selective Biblical laws whereby heresy, so-called “terrorism” homosexuality, and other “un-Christian” practices are worthy of the death penalty. The laws are still there and all it takes is a sufficient “emergency” to reinstate them.  [12]

If a majority of Dominionists find their way into the US government then it spells the definitive end for democracy, civil liberties and any kind of social welfare at all. This – in combination with many other pathocratic wannabees – are currently dictating the political and social mores of contemporary America.

What takes down America will then be the factional squabbling between religious fanatics with their fingers on nuclear buttons, busy trying to save themselves on a rapture train that was never anywhere near the compassionate and loving face of God, but fixed purely on his entropic twin sun, seducing those with a satanic energy which has always offered an easy ride to those who were blind to their own shadows.

 


Notes

[1] ‘Christian Reconstructionism: Theocratic Dominionism Gains Influence’ by Frederick Clarkson The Public Eye Magazine, Vol. VIII, Nos. 1 & 2, March/June 1994.
[2] op. cit. Yurica.
[3] ‘Moses Law for Modern Government: The Intellectual and Sociological Originsof the Christian Reconstructionist Movement,’ By J. Ligon Duncan, III . Premise, Vol. II Number 5, May 27, 1995.
[4] op. cit. Yurica
[5] Bare Naked Truth on the Religious Right By Stanley Tallitsch Published by Author House 2005. | ISBN:1-4208-9570-2. (p.110)
[6] Machiavelli on Modern Leadership: Why Machiavelli’s Iron Rules Are as Timely and Important Today as Five Centuries Ago. By Michael L. Ledeen. Published by Truman Talley Books, St. Martin’s Griffin, N.Y.1999. (p.91)
[7] Ibid. Ledeen (p.95)
[8] op. cit. Yirica
[9] Ibid.
[10] http://www.ywam.org
[11] ‘Lance Wallnau Lays Out Seven Mountains Dominionism’ YouTube.com: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DAP5mQ6Kgtw
[12] This is how Romans 13 reads in the New English Version: “Every person must submit to the supreme authorities. There is no authority but by act of God, and the existing authorities are instituted by him; consequently anyone who rebels against authority is resisting a divine institution, and those who so resist have themselves to thank for the punishment they will receive. For government, a terror to crime, has no terrors for good behaviour. You wish to have no fear of the authorities? Then continue to do right and you will have their approval, for they are God’s agents working for your good. But if you are doing wrong, then you will have cause to fear them; it is not for nothing that they hold the power of the sword, for they are God’s agents of punishment, for retribution on the offender. That is why you are obliged to submit. It is an obligation imposed not merely by fear of retribution but by conscience. That is also why you pay taxes. The authorities are in God’s service and to these duties they devote their energies.”
This section, if taken literally as fundamentalists are apt to do, appears to prohibit any kind of resistance against the policies of a government, including peaceful protests, petitions, and writings. Supreme Court Justice Antonin Scalia appears to endorse that position, for he quoted this same Romans 13 passage in his article, ‘God’s Justice and Ours,’ to prove that Christian doctrine states ‘government – however you want to limit that concept – derives its moral authority from God.’ Government is not only the ‘minister of God’ but it has the authority to ‘execute God’s wrath.’
The power of the sword is surely the power to kill or maim and certainly the power to intimidate. Scalia believes the power of the sword in this passage is “unmistakably a reference to the death penalty.”
At this point, Scalia demonstrates the absolute brilliance of the judicial rule created by Neo-Conservatives that requires a judge to determine the “original intent” of the writers of the Constitution. As Scalia himself describes it, ‘The Constitution that I interpret and apply is not living but dead… It means today not what current society… thinks it ought to mean, but what it meant when it was adopted.’
When I first read articles by authors who were exposing the Dominionists’ intention to extend the death penalty to cover ‘crimes’ like adultery, rebelliousness, homosexuality, witchcraft or effeminateness, I found the death penalty extension goal to be laughable. It couldn’t be done in America.
I was wrong. I now realize that we are very close to seeing the Dominionists achieve their goal. All they need to do is to appoint a majority of judges who will adhere to the “dead Constitution” construction rule of Scalia (or what Harry Jaffa called ‘the original intent’ construction rule). At the point when the Dominionist’s control the judiciary – that judiciary can roll back America’s body of legal jurisprudence to a century or more ago as Law Professor Patricia J. Williams pointed out.
Scalia spilled the beans in his article, ‘God’s Justice and Ours’ when he explained how he would determine whether the death penalty is constitutional or not. His reasoning goes like this: since the death penalty was ‘clearly permitted when the Eighth Amendment [which prohibits ‘cruel and unusual punishments’] was adopted,’ and at that time the death penalty was applied for all felonies – including, for example, the felony of horse-thieving, ‘so it is clearly permitted today.’
All a willing Dominionist Republican controlled congress need do to extend the death penalty to those people who practice witchcraft, adultery, homosexuality, heresy, etcetera, is to find those particular death penalty laws existing as of November 3, 1791, and re-instate them. No revolution is required. That’s why the battle over Bush’s judicial appointments is so crucial to the future of the America we know and love. And that’s why the clock is running out on freedom loving Americans.
Scalia himself appears to be a Dominionist, for he believes that Romans 13 represents the correct view – that government authority is derived from God and not from the people; he asserts his view was the consensus of Western thought until recent times. Like Pat Robertson, he laments that the biblical perspective was upset by “the emergence of democracy.” – Katherine Yurica: ‘The Dominionism Apostasy: The Despoiling of America by Christianity turned Evil’ The Yurica Report Wed, 11 Feb 2004.

Religious Authoritarianism III: Dominionism and the Second Coming

“When Jesus Comes Back, He’ll Be Carrying An AR-15 Assault Rifle.”

– Lt. General William “Jerry” Boykin


Data from 2005 showed that over 33 per cent of religious adherents of the world are practicing Christians, followed by Islam at 20 per cent and Hinduism at 13 per cent. That’s a sizable chunk of the planet’s population. Roughly 4.5 million Americans consider themselves Christian and within those mostly law-abiding and benevolent citizens there lies a growing problem. [1]

2012 saw a veritable hysteria of Christian fundamentalists, Jewish Messianics, and Islamists busy gnashing their teeth, wagging fingers and generally frothing at the mouth from various pulpits and podiums that we were all hopelessly lost in decadence and destined for a fiery descent into their respective cultural hells. Now that 2012 has come and gone it seems the anticipation on the part of the religious right has ascended to stratospheric levels. Ordinarily, we can switch channels, avoid barmy internet forums and simply walk on by as the righteous attempt to save our souls with yet another gaudy pamphlet proclaiming a Second Coming.

But there’s a hitch.

Contemporary politics is presently infested with right-wing religious authoritarians (RWAs) determined to save themselves by arranging our collective entry into a large global conflagration. They are also busying themselves with fermenting as much carnage as possible in order to make sure that Christ returns for the Big Judgement. The “End Times” and rapture fever have become entrenched in the United States and they mean to do everything in their power to drag their Christ back from whatever mythical or spiritual reality he has been hiding.

That means creating the potential for World War III in line with biblical prophecy.

It seems the Christian duty has become a little different to Christ’s message of love and compassion. Rather, they have interpreted scripture to not only believe in the objective reality of these End Times of tribulation but to actively have a hand in creating it. And if that isn’t doing the “devil’s work” then I don’t know what is.

GodGun

© unknown

Fundamentalism or the Christian brand of Religious fanaticism made its presence known in the 19 Century and quickly combined with Millennialism and End Times prophecy to create a formidable belief system whereby fear and authority can exert significant control over the mass mind. Charismatic spellbinders usually take on the task of corralling individuals and playing the father figure to those in need of “punishment” and rigorous discipline to ensure the obedient sit at God’s side. If you think it sounds sado-masochistic then you’d be right: the role of domination and submission is rather similar. The Evangelical priests on TV and Church are roaring at his flock about how terminally wicked they are while the flock in return offers up pots of money in the acceptance of the spiritual “bribe” so that they can to continue to cleanse the world of sin and thus make room for more souls. This is probably why so many priests and preachers – especially on the right wing Republican side – have been caught with their pants down, in the most literal sense.

There are several groupings clamouring to be heard as the true word of God. British Dispensationalism was one of the most influential in its sales pitch of judgement day and “End Times” rhetoric. Revelation was revealed in stages or “Dispensations” each of which characterised a period of tribulation and all-round mayhem for those who had strayed from the path of righteousness. Which meant that anything that was not in the Bible was the Devil’s work and those not part of the in-crowd of believers were automatically Satan’s groupies. According to the Book of Revelations the final battle of Armageddon would see the return of Christ descending gently to earth surrounded by a host of angels, bent on saving dutiful Christians and ready to preside over a New Spiritual Order. This could only take place when humanity had been suitably culled so that only the righteous are left to experience the waiting Eden of milk and honey.

Underpinning these visions was the doctrine of inerrancy on the part of the Bible which, as it was the word of God, was therefore beyond error. The fact that human beings were fallible and remain so didn’t seem to feature. As we have discussed, reason plays no part at all in fundamentalism only insofar it can be useful in reaffirming belief and the avoidance of uncomfortable facts. Rather like Zionism which uses the meme of anti-Semitism to avoid criticism, so too the fundamentalists see the Bible as synonymous with God and thus beyond critical analysis or reproach. Thus an empty mind instead of an open mind is mandatory. Similarly, the Catholic Church and the Vatican acting as the All-Seeing Eye of redemption offers its own brand of millennialism, dispensing Papal edicts and declarations as a download from God and therefore beyond contention. Those who do not agree with the magisterium are condemned to a fiery hell by God’s unending compassion.[2]

By the start of the twentieth Century these beliefs had evolved into a broader synthesis of dogma which meant that all the Biblical accounts, the Virgin Birth; feeding of the five thousand, the creation of the earth in Genesis, the bodily resurrection and physical return of Christ etc., were not allegorical or elaborate teaching myths – they were literal truths. The development of what came to be known as Creationism in the 1920s was in direct response to the wildly popular theories of Darwinism which caused a major revival in evangelical preaching and “reaching out” to save souls from Satan’s encroachment.

The End Times (or the Eschaton) describes a period of conflict and global war leading to a redemptive transformation (usually for a select group) which is prophesied in most major religions. For Jews, the End times or “End of Days” refers to a Messianic Age, where the exiled Jewish diaspora will be gathered in to the promised land of Israel to reclaim their spiritual birth right. Under the coming of the Mashiach, olam haba, a resurrection of the Tsadikim or “righteousness” will take place.  Christianity’s take is much the same, with added ingredients of the Anti-Christ emerging just prior to the Second Coming of Jesus Christ and his gathering in the righteous faithful during the Great Tribulation. [3] Islamist belief concurs and describes its own version of a “Christ” or the al-Mahdi who will preside over the Day of Judgement or Yawm al-Qiyāmah; to vanquish the Masih ad-Dajjall (Anti-Christ) and send the faithful into paradise.

Christian fundamentalism, along with ultra-orthodox Judaism, is in danger of comprehensively wresting control of the United States military and political processes. Christian Reconstructionism advocates a Calvinist, right-wing, capitalist belief, laden with theocratic overtones. This movement has helped to introduce the concept of “Dominionism” which demands activism within civic society but most importantly, the domination of the political process as mandated by God. it is a belief that characterises Protestant Christian Evangelicals and Right-wing Fundamentalists in the United States and is best summarised by a passage from the Bible, Genesis 1:26:

“And God said, Let us make man in our image, after our likeness: and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth.” (King James Version). And further: “Then God said, ‘Let us make man in our image, in our likeness and let them rule over the fish of the sea and the birds of the air, over the livestock, over all the earth and over all the creatures that move along the ground.’” (New International Version).

While most of us would interpret this to mean that Christians can choose to live as benign helpers and caretakers of the animal kingdom as well as humanity, the authoritarian personality will read this to mean that they should dominate and control secular institutions in order to suitably prepare the ground for Christ’s return – getting a huge kick out of it in the process. [4]

nuclear_explosions_mushroom_cloud

The Dominionist’s Version of Peace on Earth

While Dominionists all believe that straying from the literal word of the Bible has meant the rise of immorality and sin best expressed by liberalism of any kind, the real threat within dominionism comes from the hardliners and Social Dominators (psychopaths) who see theocracy as the only way forward. And that means authoritarianism leading to totalitarianism under the name of God which just about characterises every genocide, atrocity and military conquest of the last two thousand years. But because authoritarians have no capacity to understand the relevance of history these basic flaws in their theocratic wet dreams are quickly brushed under the carpet of the sub-conscious. What remains is the constant anticipation of a black and white, dangerously simplistic framework of good and evil. Again, Bush’s “If you’re not with us you’re with the terrorists” drivel was particularly delicious for the Dominionists. Hence, when you read Dominionist literature one may understand why Social Dominators are immediately attracted to the concept as it resonates with their perception of reality, whether they are in the military, preaching from a pulpit or strutting around Congress: the theme of domination – to carve out their own spiritual dominion – is at the core of their actions.

Dominionism easily aligns with the beliefs of Social Darwinism (eugenics) which is why it is so useful to the Conservative Establishment. Such beliefs indicates the amount of inversion which has occurred within fundamentalist Christianity and how it veers towards the ultimate and tragic irony of being more akin to Satanism than any compassionate and inclusive doctrine. That has to be the greatest irony to beat them all, yet it is precisely this kind of deception that the Bible warns about, where the “very elect” will be deceived.

Journalist Katherine Yurica describes it in much the same way. Like the old Levitical priests of Babylon, the Dominionists assign great importance to wealth and power as a sign of God’s blessing.

She notes:

“… out of the masses of people and the multitude of nations – wealth, in and of itself, is thought to indicate God’s approval on men and nations whereas poverty and sickness reflect God’s disapproval. The roots of the idea come from a natural twist of an Old Testament passage, … Essentially there were two elements necessary to establish Dominionism among Christians who previously believed helping the poor was a mandate of Christianity.

First, Old Testament law had to be accepted as an essential part of a Christian’s theology.

Secondly, the Christian had to undergo a second conversion-like experience that went beyond being born again and demanded not only a commitment to reestablishing the Old Testament legal structure but required the implementation of that law in the nations of the world (including the U.S.) based upon a different understanding of the Great Commission (Matthew 28: 18-20).[50] Under this concept Dominionists are to go into all the world to take dominion and ‘make disciples’ teaching the disciples to ‘observe all’ that Jesus ‘commanded.’ All nations under Dominionist’s teaching are to convert to biblical laws, which are ranked superior to secular laws that were not God given or God directed and are found wanting. The Christian therefore must be willing to overthrow all laws that are secular. In other words, a measure of one’s spirituality rested upon the individual’s willingness to accept the concept of taking dominion over not only the people of America, but taking dominion over the people of the entire world.” [5]

And this leads to yet another reprise for Pathocracy where the religious “elect” preside over mere mortals inadequate to the task of transposing God’s Kingdom on earth. As Yurica reminds us: “A Christian who raises his voice against the ‘elect’ could be labeled a ‘false prophet or a dreamer of dreams,’ and therefore, according to the Deuteronomic law ‘shall be put to death.’ ”

This belief in a sort of Divine blessing to wipe out undesirables is the stuff of authoritarian ecstasy and the basis upon which many serious abuses of power are now taking place in the United States. And if you happen to be in the US military then be prepared to be inaugurated into a New Christian Crusade against America’s enemies, which of course, means all Muslims, which are all te’rusts and heathens, so too anyone who claims otherwise …

Former Air Force Judge Advocate General Mikey Weinstein believes there is a Fundamentalist Christian tsunami sweeping through the US military.  He is the founder of the Military Religious Freedom Foundation, an organisation set up to offer support for victims of fundamentalist Christians within the military, seeking to defend against their influence in the Federal Courts and the news media. According to Weinstein, there are four main types of fundamentalist Christians currently making a bad situation much worse:

“The first is virulent anti-Semitism and virulent Islamaphobia. Then you’ve got virulent misogyny, the belief that women should be consigned to preparing food, selecting food, serving food, cleaning up after a meals, spreading their legs, getting pregnant. That’s pretty much it. Then there’s this virulent homophobia. And then, last is a great desire to subordinate what they view as flawed man’s law to this pristine, weaponized gospel of Jesus Christ that they propagate.” [6]

The West’s Middle Eastern Gladio creation that is ISIS has served to stimulate the resurgence of fundamentalism still further. One such example from many jumping on the New Crusade came from U.S. Air Force Colonel Mark H. Slocum, the Commander of Seymour Johnson AFB’s 4th Fighter Wing, who, according to Weinstein, was: “… busy marshaling his officers, enlisted troops and AF civilians stationed at the North Carolina F-15 fighter base to fight the good fight … against ISIS, under the banner of his “Lord’s” heaven.” Soldiers were either none too pleased or whipped up into a bloodlust to rival ISIS itself. If you care to visit Weinstein website you will find many other examples.

In the same vain you have influential individuals like Former Lt. General Boykin who shouldn’t be let anywhere near a blunt object let alone a whole army. A passionate advocate of Dominionism, he advocated a “weaponised gospel of Jesus Christ” with a decidedly aggressive form of attack to be levelled against the non-Christian world with the Second Coming of Jesus delivering the seal of approval for such blood-letting. Such thinking is essentially a form of religious fascism and its taking the Us military by storm.

boykin

Christian Dominionist and former Lt. General Boykin: Dominionist General Preaches: “Weaponized Gospel of Jesus Christ”  A classic Double High or just your garden variety Religious Authoritarian? (wikipedia, public domain)

James D. Parco PhD. writing for Center for Inquiry (CFI) Office of Public Inquiry Washington D.C., wrote a 2013 paper titled:  ‘For God and Country’ introducing some disturbing conclusions regarding the Christian Evangelisation of the U.S. military.

These key findings included:

  • Institutional support for fundamentalist, evangelical Christianity in the military has spread and entrenched since September 11, 2001, beginning in haste during the Bush administration and remaining unchallenged by the Obama administration.

  • Many of the military’s civilian overseers, along with many in the military’s commissioned leadership—to include flag officers, speaking on duty and in uniform—have repeatedly couched the American military’s civic and global role, and American military operations themselves, in the language of Christian religious crusades.

  • Through explicit leadership messaging, senior officers have created cultures and atmospheres of religious sectarianism in their commands and institutions, including the various service academies, even instructing subordinates to partake in actions for the express purpose of Christian evangelizing and proselytizing.

  • Officers who raise concerns about fundamentalist Christian proselytizing … when not ignored completely—have facedreassignment and other punitive actions.

  • Air Force training programs for Nuclear Missile Launch Officers featured Christian ethical justifications for the use of nuclear weapons and quotes from historical figures lauding morality guided specifically by the Bible.

  • To gauge the mental health of Soldiers, the U.S. Army developed and has relied upon a “Spiritual Fitness” evaluation system that leans heavily on theistic religious concepts, and marks as “spiritually” deficient any non-religious or religiously unorthodox Soldier who answers honestly.

  • Fundamentalist evangelical Christian organizations are given preferential access to numerous military installations, including the Pentagon and the various service academies, and have had their activities sanctioned and even promoted—in uniform and on duty—by religiously aligned military leadership.

  • Fundamentalist evangelical Christian organizations have attempted to use the deployed U.S. military as international missionaries, providing units in Afghanistan with Bibles printed in the native Pashto and Dari languages, the distribution of which is in direct violation of standing general orders.

If that doesn’t send chills down the spine I don’t know what would.  In the next post we will dig a little deeper behind the attraction to so many to Fundamentalism and why it has risen to the top of the present American brand of ponerology.

 


Notes

[1] World Religious Adherents data 2005, http://www.wikipedia.com
[2] p.328; Faith, Religion & Theology: A Contemporary Introduction By Brennan Hill, Paul F. Knitter, William Madges. Published by Twenty-Third Publications, 1997. “Catholic fundamentalists, like Protestant fundamentalists, stress the need for an absolute external authority to guid the thinking and decision making of the individual. They do so because of the sinfulness of the human person. Left to his or her own devices, the individual, they feel, will generally make bad judgements. Consequently, individual freedom must be directed by the right authority. In the case of Catholic fundamentlaism, this means literal adherance fully to past tradition, or who have difficulty assenting to every official statement of the hierarchial magisterium, are judged harshly. Such sinners, say fundamentalists, are condemned by God.”
[3] “The Great Tribulation (Greek: θλιψις μεγαλη, thlipsis megalē) refers to tumultuous events that are described during the ‘signs of the times’, first mentioned by Jesus in the Olivet discourse. The Great Tribulation is also referenced in the Book of Revelation.” (Wikipedia)
[4] For more information on Dominionism and its relationship to Christian Reconstructivism please read the excellent Spiritual Warfare: The Politics of the Christian Right By Sara Diamond. Published by Black Rose Books, 1993 | ISBN-10: 0921689640.

[5] ‘The Dominionism Apostasy: The Despoiling of America by Christianity turned Evil’ By Katherine Yurica, The Yurica Report, 11 Feb 2004.

[6] “The Weaponized Gospel of Jesus Christ”: Mikey Weinstein of the Military Religious Freedom Foundation on fascists in the US military, By Nick Holt, January 18, 2010. |http://www.militaryreligiousfreedom.org/press-releases/2010/tgr_weaponized.html